PCB API Design Objects Interfaces reference

A PCB design object on a PCB document is represented by its interface. An interface represents an existing object in memory and its properties and methods can be invoked.
A PCB design object is basically a primitive or a group object. A primitive can be a track or an arc object. A group object is an object that is composed of child objects. For example a board outline or a component is a group object.
Since many design objects are descended from ancestor interfaces and thus the ancestor methods and properties are also available to use.

For example the IPCB_Text interface is inherited from an immediate IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface and in turn inherited from the IPCB_Primitive interface. If you check the IPCB_Text entry in this online help you will see the following information;

The IPCB_Text Interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive
IPCB_Text
and so on.

This PCB Design Objects section is broken up into several categories- Primitives, Dimensions, Group Objects and Rectangular Objects.
Primitives include arcs, embedded objects, fills, fromtos, pads, nets, tracks, vias, violations, object classes and connections.
Dimensions include Linear, Angular, Radial, Leader, Datum, Baseline, Center, Linear Diameter and Radial Diameter objects
Group objects include board outlines, coordinates, components, polygons, library components (footprints) and nets.
Rectangular objects include text objects.
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_Arc
IPCB_ObjectClass
IPCB_Pad
IPCB_Via
IPCB_Track
IPCB_Embedded
IPCB_Violation
IPCB_Text
IPCB_Fill
IPCB_Coordinate
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_Component
IPCB_Polygon
IPCB_Net
IPCB_LibComponent

IPCB_Primitive Interface

Overview
The IPCB_Primitive interface is the ancestor interface object for all other PCB interface objects and therefore the methods and properties declared in the IPCB_Primitive interface are also declared in the descendant interfaces.
Notes
Every PCB object has an unique object address stored in a PCB design database for that document this object resides on. Each PCB object address has the TPCBObjectHandle type.
Every existing PCB design object on a PCB document has the Board owner which represents the specific board document.
Each existing PCB design object on a PCB document has Query Rule Properties which can be queried.
A primitive has a bounding rectangle which encapsulates the region of the primitive. There are two other bounding rectangles which are for selection and for painting (refreshing and updating).

IPCB_Primitive methods GetState_Board GetState_ObjectId GetState_Layer GetState_Selected SetState_Selected GetState_IsPreRoute SetState_IsPreRoute GetState_InSelectionMemory SetState_InSelectionMemory GetState_PadCacheRobotFlag SetState_PadCacheRobotFlag GetState_Enabled SetState_Enabled GetState_Enabled_Direct SetState_Enabled_Direct GetState_Enabled_vNet SetState_Enabled_vNet GetState_Enabled_vPolygon SetState_Enabled_vPolygon GetState_Enabled_vComponent SetState_Enabled_vComponent GetState_Enabled_vCoordinate SetState_Enabled_vCoordinate GetState_Enabled_vDimension SetState_Enabled_vDimension GetState_Used SetState_Used GetState_DRCError SetState_DRCError GetState_MiscFlag1 SetState_MiscFlag1 GetState_MiscFlag2 SetState_MiscFlag2 GetState_MiscFlag3 SetState_MiscFlag3 GetState_EnableDraw SetState_EnableDraw GetState_Moveable SetState_Moveable GetState_UserRouted SetState_UserRouted GetState_TearDrop SetState_TearDrop GetState_IsTenting SetState_IsTenting GetState_IsTenting_Top SetState_IsTenting_Top GetState_IsTenting_Bottom SetState_IsTenting_Bottom GetState_IsTestPoint_Top SetState_IsTestPoint_Top GetState_IsTestPoint_Bottom SetState_IsTestPoint_Bottom GetState_IsKeepout SetState_IsKeepout GetState_AllowGlobalEdit SetState_AllowGlobalEdit GetState_PolygonOutline SetState_PolygonOutline GetState_InBoard SetState_InBoard GetState_InPolygon SetState_InPolygon GetState_InComponent SetState_InComponent GetState_InNet SetState_InNet GetState_InCoordinate SetState_InCoordinate GetState_InDimension SetState_InDimension GetState_IsElectricalPrim SetState_Board SetState_Layer GetState_ObjectIDString GetState_Identifier GetState_DescriptorString GetState_DetailString GetState_Index SetState_Index GetState_UnionIndex SetState_UnionIndex GetState_PowerPlaneConnectStyle GetState_ReliefConductorWidth GetState_ReliefEntries GetState_ReliefAirGap GetState_PasteMaskExpansion GetState_SolderMaskExpansion GetState_PowerPlaneClearance GetState_PowerPlaneReliefExpansion GetState_Net GetState_Component GetState_Polygon GetState_Coordinate GetState_Dimension GetState_ViewableObjectID SetState_Net SetState_Component SetState_Polygon SetState_Coordinate SetState_Dimension I_ObjectAddress BoundingRectangle BoundingRectangleForSelection BoundingRectangleForPainting IsHidden IsFreePrimitive IsSaveable AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject MoveByXY MoveToXY RotateBy FlipXY Mirror SwapLayerPairs GraphicallyInvalidate BeginModify EndModify CancelModify Export_ToParameters RequiredParamterSpace

IPCB_Primitive properties Board ObjectId Layer Index Selected IsPreRoute InSelectionMemory PadCacheRobotFlag Enabled Enabled_Direct Enabled_vNet Enabled_vPolygon Enabled_vComponent Enabled_vCoordinate Enabled_vDimension Used DRCError MiscFlag1 MiscFlag2 MiscFlag3 EnableDraw Moveable UserRouted TearDrop IsTenting IsTenting_Top IsTenting_Bottom IsTestpoint_Top IsTestpoint_Bottom IsKeepout AllowGlobalEdit PolygonOutline InBoard InPolygon InComponent InNet InCoordinate InDimension IsElectricalPrim ObjectIDString Identifier Descriptor Detail PowerPlaneConnectStyle ReliefConductorWidth ReliefEntries ReliefAirGap PasteMaskExpansion SolderMaskExpansion PowerPlaneClearance PowerPlaneReliefExpansion Net Component Polygon Coordinate Dimension ViewableObjectID UnionIndex

See also
PCB Design Objects

Methods

BeginModify method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure BeginModify;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

BoundingRectangle method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function BoundingRectangle : TCoordRect;
Description
This function returns the coordinates of the bounding rectangle that encapsulates the design object on a PCB document. There are other two bounding rectangle methods.
Example

 

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TCoordRect type
BoundingRectangle script from \Examples\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\ folder.
BoundingRectangleForSelection method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function BoundingRectangleForSelection : TCoordRect;
Description
The bounding rectangle of a design object used for selection is a bit bigger than the bounding rectangle of a design object itself.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
BoundingRectangleForPainting method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function BoundingRectangleForPainting : TCoordRect;
Description
The bounding rectangle of a design object for painting is potentially the largest of all bounding rectangles because for example a component can have comment and designator objects as well.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
CancelModify method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure CancelModify;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

EndModify method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure EndModify;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

FlipXY method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure FlipXY (Axis : TCoord;MirrOp : TMirrorOperation);
Description
This procedure flips the object about the axis depending on Axis and MirrOp parameters.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TMirrorOperation type
GraphicallyInvalidate method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure GraphicallyInvalidate;
Description
This procedure renders the object graphically invalidate which forces a system graphical update /refresh on the PCB document.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

I_ObjectAddress method

(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function I_ObjectAddress : TPCBObjectHandle;
Description
This function returns the true pointer value of the object interface of a design object.
Note
The IPCB_ServerInterface. SendMessageToRobots method needs the I_ObjectAddress parameter which is the handle of a design object.
Example
//Notify PCB that the fill object is going to be changed.
PCBServer.SendMessageToRobots(
Fill.I_ObjectAddress,
c_Broadcast,
PCBM_BeginModify ,
c_NoEventData);
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsFreePrimitive method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function IsFreePrimitive : Boolean;
Description
This function determines whether the object is a free primitive (not connected to a net) or just a standalone object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsHidden method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function IsHidden : Boolean;
Description
This function determines whether this object is hidden from view or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsSaveable method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function IsSaveable (AVer : TAdvPCBFileFormatVersion) : Boolean;
Description
This function determines whether this particular object can be saved in a specified file format version according to the TAdvPCBFileFormatVersion type.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TAdvPCBFileFormatVersion type
Mirror method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure Mirror (Axis : TCoord;MirrOp : TMirrorOperation);
Description
This procedure mirrors the design object across the axis depending on the mirror operation.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TMirrorOperation type
MoveByXY method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure MoveByXY (AX, AY : TCoord);
Description
This procedure moves the design object by an offset in horizontal and vertical directions specified by the AX and AY parameters.
Example
//Move the object by a specified offset
XStep := DistanceStep * Cos(AngleStep);
YStep := DistanceStep * Sin(AngleStep);
PcbObject.MoveByXY(XStep,YStep);
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
MoveToXY method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure MoveToXY (AX, AY : TCoord);
Description
This procedure moves the design object to a new location specified by the AX and AY parameters.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
RotateBy method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure RotateBy (Angle : TAngle);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SwapLayerPairs method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SwapLayerPairs;
Description
This procedure swaps the current layer pair that the PCB design object (vias and pads only) has.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_AllowGlobalEdit method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_AllowGlobalEdit : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

GetState_Board method

(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Board : IPCB_Board;
Description
The Board property determines the PCB document that the object itself is associated with. This method is used by the Board property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Component method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Component : IPCB_Component;
Description
This property determines whether the object itself is associated with the component or not. This method retrieves the Component and is used in the Component property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Coordinate method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Coordinate : IPCB_Coordinate;
Description
This property determines whether the object itself is associated with the coordinate object or not. This method retrieves the coordinate object and is used in the Coordinate property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_DescriptorString method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DescriptorString : TPCBString;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_DetailString method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DetailString : TPCBString;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Dimension method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Dimension : IPCB_Dimension;
Description
This property determines whether the object itself is associated with the dimension object or not. This method retrieves the Dimension and is used in the Dimension property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_EnableDraw method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_EnableDraw : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Identifier method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Identifier : TPCBString;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_InBoard method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InBoard : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_InComponent method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InComponent : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_InCoordinate method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InCoordinate : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Index method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Index : Word;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_InDimension method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InDimension : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Enabled_vDimension method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Enabled_vDimension : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_InNet method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InNet : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Enabled_vPolygon method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Enabled_vPolygon : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Enabled_vNet method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Enabled_vNet : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_DRCError method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DRCError : Boolean;
Description
The DRCError property determines whether the object is affected by the Design Rule Checker and thus if the object breaks one of the design rules, the DRCError is true.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Enabled method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Enabled : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Enabled_Direct method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Enabled_Direct : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Enabled_vComponent method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Enabled_vComponent : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Enabled_vCoordinate method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Enabled_vCoordinate : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_InPolygon method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InPolygon : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_InSelectionMemory method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InSelectionMemory (Index : Integer) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_IsElectricalPrim method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsElectricalPrim : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_IsTenting method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsTenting : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_IsKeepout method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsKeepout : Boolean;
Description
The keepout layer generally defines areas on the PCB document that you don't want automatically or manually routed, and this can include clearance areas around mounting hole pads or high voltage components for example.
This function determines whether the object itself is used for the keep out boundary.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Moveable method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Moveable : Boolean;
Description
This method determines whether this design object can be moved or not (by the autorouter for example).
This method is used by the Moveable property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_IsTenting_Bottom method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsTenting_Bottom : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_IsTenting_Top method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsTenting_Top : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_IsTestPoint_Bottom method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsTestPoint_Bottom : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_IsTestPoint_Top method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsTestPoint_Top : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Layer method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Layer : TLayer;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_MiscFlag1 method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MiscFlag1 : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_MiscFlag3 method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MiscFlag3 : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Net method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Net : IPCB_Net;
Description
The net property of an object denotes it has an electrical property, meaning it is connected from one node to another. The method fetches the net of an object (if it has one).
This method is used for the Net property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_MiscFlag2 method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MiscFlag2 : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_IsPreRoute method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsPreRoute : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_ReliefEntries method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ReliefEntries : Integer;
Description
This method retrieves the number of relief entries for a pad/via object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_PasteMaskExpansion method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PasteMaskExpansion : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Polygon method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Polygon : IPCB_Polygon;
Description
This function retrieves the IPCB_Polygon interface that the design object primitive is associated with. For example, a polygon may contain arcs and tracks, and when you only have the arc, you can retreive the polygon the arc is associated with.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_PolygonOutline method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PolygonOutline : Boolean;
Description
This function determines whether the design object primitive is part of the polygon outline or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_PowerPlaneClearance method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PowerPlaneClearance : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_PowerPlaneConnectStyle method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PowerPlaneConnectStyle : TPlaneConnectStyle;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_PowerPlaneReliefExpansion method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PowerPlaneReliefExpansion : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_ObjectIDString method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ObjectIDString : TPCBString;
Description
This ObjectIDString property returns the Object Id string. For example eTrackObject type will yield a Track string.
The method returns a object id string for the associated object and is used in the ObjectIDString property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_ReliefConductorWidth method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ReliefConductorWidth : TCoord;
Description
This method retrieves the relief conductor width of a pad or via object as a TCoord value.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_ObjectId method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ObjectId : TObjectId;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Selected method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Selected : Boolean;
Description
This method determines whether this object is selected or not on the PCB document. This method is used by the Selected property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_SolderMaskExpansion method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SolderMaskExpansion : TCoord;
Description
The solder mask expansion property determines the shape that is created on the solder mask layer at each pad and via site. This shape is expanded or contracted radially by the amount specified by this rule. This property over-rides the solder mask expansion design rule.
This method is used for the SolderMaskExpansion property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_TearDrop method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_TearDrop : Boolean;
Description
This method determines whether the PCB object (an arc or track object) is used for as a tear drop.
This TearDrop property is supported by the GetState_TearDrop and SetState_TearDrop methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_Used method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Used : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_ReliefAirGap method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ReliefAirGap : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_PadCacheRobotFlag method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PadCacheRobotFlag : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_UserRouted method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_UserRouted : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
GetState_ViewableObjectID method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ViewableObjectID : TViewableObjectID;
Description
The property determines the ViewableObjectID of the design object. The TViewableObjectID type is a more descriptive ID of a design object than the TObjectID type.
For example any type of dimension object is a eDimension type according to the TObjectID but could be one of the eViewableObject_LinearDimension...eViewableObject_RadialDiameterDimension value.
This function returns the TViewableObjectID and is used in the ViewableObjectID property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_InComponent method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_InComponent (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Enabled_Direct method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Enabled_Direct (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Enabled_vComponent method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Enabled_vComponent (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Enabled_vCoordinate method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Enabled_vCoordinate(Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Enabled_vDimension method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Enabled_vDimension (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Enabled_vNet method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Enabled_vNet (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Enabled_vPolygon method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Enabled_vPolygon (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_DRCError method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_DRCError (Value : Boolean);
Description
The DRCError property determines whether the object is affected by the Design Rule Checker and thus if the object breaks one of the design rules, the DRCError property is true. This method is used in the DRCError property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_InBoard method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_InBoard (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Dimension method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Dimension (Value : IPCB_Dimension);
Description
This property determines whether the object itself is associated with the dimension object or not. This method sets the dimension object and is used in the Dimension property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_EnableDraw method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_EnableDraw (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Enabled method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Enabled (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_AllowGlobalEdit method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_AllowGlobalEdit (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Board method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Board (ABoard : IPCB_Board);
Description
The Board property determines the PCB document that the object itself is associated with. This method sets the PCB document that the object is associated with and is used in the Board property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Component method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Component (Value : IPCB_Component);
Description
This property determines whether the object itself is associated with the component or not. This method sets the Component and is used in the Component property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Coordinate method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Coordinate (Value : IPCB_Coordinate);
Description
This property determines whether the object itself is associated with the coordinate object or not. This method retrieves the Coordinate object and is used in the Coordinate property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_InDimension method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_InDimension (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_InCoordinate method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_InCoordinate (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_InNet method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_InNet (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Index method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Index (AIndex : Word);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Layer method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Layer (ALayer : TLayer);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_InPolygon method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_InPolygon (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_InSelectionMemory method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_InSelectionMemory (Index : Integer;Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_IsKeepout method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsKeepout (Value : Boolean);
Description
The keepout layer generally defines areas on the PCB document that you don't want automatically or manually routed, and this can include clearance areas around mounting hole pads or high voltage components for example.

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_IsPreRoute method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsPreRoute (B : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_IsTenting method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsTenting (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_IsTenting_Bottom method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsTenting_Bottom (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_IsTenting_Top method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsTenting_Top (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_IsTestPoint_Top method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsTestPoint_Top (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_MiscFlag1 method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MiscFlag1 (Value : Boolean);
Description
This method sets a boolean value to the MiscFlag1 field and can be used for custom purposes.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_MiscFlag2 method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MiscFlag2 (Value : Boolean);
Description
This method sets a boolean value to the MiscFlag2 field and can be used for custom purposes.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_IsTestPoint_Bottom method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsTestPoint_Bottom (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_UserRouted method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_UserRouted (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_MiscFlag3 method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MiscFlag3 (Value : Boolean);
Description
This method sets a boolean value to the MiscFlag3 field and can be used for custom purposes.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Moveable method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Moveable (Value : Boolean);
Description
This method sets whether this design object can be moved or not (by the autorouter for example).
This method is used by the Moveable property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Net method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Net (Value : IPCB_Net);
Description
The net property of an object denotes it has an electrical property, meaning it is connected from one node to another. The method sets the valid net to an object.
This method is used for the Net property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_PadCacheRobotFlag method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_PadCacheRobotFlag (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Polygon method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Polygon (Value : IPCB_Polygon);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_PolygonOutline method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_PolygonOutline (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Selected method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Selected (B : Boolean);
Description
This method determines whether this object is selected or not on the PCB document by passing in a boolean parameter.
This method is used by the Selected property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_Used method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Used (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SetState_TearDrop method
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_TearDrop (Value : Boolean);
Description
This method determines whether the PCB object (an arc or track object) is used for as a tear drop.
This TearDrop property is supported by the GetState_TearDrop and SetState_TearDrop methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

Properties

AllowGlobalEdit property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property AllowGlobalEdit : Boolean Read GetState_AllowGlobalEdit Write SetState_AllowGlobalEdit;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_AllowGlobalEdit and SetState_AllowGlobalEdit methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

Board property

(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Board : IPCB_Board Read GetState_Board Write SetState_Board;
Description
The Board property determines the PCB document that the object itself is associated with. This property is supported by the GetState_Board and SetState_Board methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Component property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Component : IPCB_Component Read GetState_Component Write SetState_Component;
Description
This property determines whether the object itself is associated with the component or not. This property is supported by the GetState_Component and SetState_Component methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Coordinate property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Coordinate : IPCB_Coordinate Read GetState_Coordinate Write SetState_Coordinate;
Description
The Coordinate property returns the IPCB_Coordinate only if this object itself is part of the IPCB_Coordinate type. A coordinate object is a group object and is composed of design object primitives such as tracks, arcs and text objects.
This property is supported by the GetState_Coordinate and SetState_Coordinate methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Detail property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Detail : TPCBString Read GetState_DetailString;
Description
This property retrieves the Detail text string for this design object. This property is supported by the GetState_Detail method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Dimension property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Dimension : IPCB_Dimension Read GetState_Dimension Write SetState_Dimension;
Description
The Coordinate property returns the IPCB_Dimension only if this object itself is part of the IPCB_Dimension type. A dimension object is a group object and is composed of design object primitives such as tracks, arcs and text objects.
This property is supported by the GetState_Dimension and SetState_Dimension methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
DRCError property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property DRCError : Boolean Read GetState_DRCError Write SetState_DRCError;
Description
The DRCError property determines whether the object is affected by the Design Rule Checker and thus if the object breaks one of the design rules, the DRCError is true.
This property is supported by the GetState_DRCError and SetState_DRCError methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Descriptor property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Descriptor : TPCBString Read GetState_DescriptorString;
Description
The Descriptor read only property fetches the Descriptor string.
This property is supported by the GetState_Descriptor methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Enabled_Direct property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Enabled_Direct : Boolean Read GetState_Enabled_Direct Write SetState_Enabled_Direct;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_Direct and SetState_Direct methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Enabled property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Enabled : Boolean Read GetState_Enabled Write SetState_Enabled;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_Enabled and SetState_Enabled methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Enabled_vComponent property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Enabled_vComponent : Boolean Read GetState_Enabled_vComponent Write SetState_Enabled_vComponent;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_vComponent and SetState_vComponent methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Enabled_vCoordinate property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Enabled_vCoordinate : Boolean Read GetState_Enabled_vCoordinate Write SetState_Enabled_vCoordinate;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_vCoordinate and SetState_vCoordinate methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Enabled_vDimension property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Enabled_vDimension : Boolean Read GetState_Enabled_vDimension Write SetState_Enabled_vDimension;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_vDimension and SetState_vDimension methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Enabled_vNet property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Enabled_vNet : Boolean Read GetState_Enabled_vNet Write SetState_Enabled_vNet;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_vNet and SetState_vNet methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Enabled_vPolygon property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Enabled_vPolygon : Boolean Read GetState_Enabled_vPolygon Write SetState_Enabled_vPolygon;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_vPolygon and SetState_vPolygon methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
EnableDraw property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property EnableDraw : Boolean Read GetState_EnableDraw Write SetState_EnableDraw;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_EnableDraw and SetState_EnableDraw methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
InDimension property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property InDimension : Boolean Read GetState_InDimension Write SetState_InDimension;
Description
This InDimension property determines whether the obejct itself is part of the dimension object or not.
This property is supported by the GetState_InDimension and SetState_InDimension methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Identifier property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Identifier : TPCBString Read GetState_Identifier;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_Identifier method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
InBoard property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property InBoard : Boolean Read GetState_InBoard Write SetState_InBoard;
Description
This InBoard property determines whether the object itself is part of the board object or not.
This property is supported by the GetState_InBoard and SetState_InBoard methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
InComponent property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property InComponent : Boolean Read GetState_InComponent Write SetState_InComponent;
Description
This InComponent property determines whether the object itself is part of the component object or not.
This property is supported by the GetState_InComponent and SetState_InComponent methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Index property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Index : Word Read GetState_Index Write SetState_Index;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_Index and SetState_Index methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
InNet property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property InNet : Boolean Read GetState_InNet Write SetState_InNet;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_InNet and SetState_InNet methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
InPolygon property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property InPolygon : Boolean Read GetState_InPolygon Write SetState_InPolygon;
Description
This InPolygon property determines whether the object itself is part of the polygon object or not.
This property is supported by the GetState_InPolygon and SetState_InPolygon methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
InSelectionMemory property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property InSelectionMemory Integer : Boolean Read GetState_InSelectionMemory Write SetState_InSelectionMemory;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_InSelectionMemory and SetState_InSelectionMemory methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsElectricalPrim property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property IsElectricalPrim : Boolean Read GetState_IsElectricalPrim;
Description
This property determines whether this PCB object possesses an electrical property- tracks, fills, polygons, arcs, vias all have electrical properties - basically those objects that have a Net property will possess an electrical property.
Embedded boards and Embedded objects etc don't have an electrical property for example.
This property is supported by the GetState_IsElectricalPrim and SetState_IsElectricalPrim methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
InCoordinate property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property InCoordinate : Boolean Read GetState_InCoordinate Write SetState_InCoordinate;
Description
This InCoordinate property determines whether the object itself is part of the coordinate object or not.
This property is supported by the GetState_InCoordinate and SetState_InCoordinate methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsKeepout property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property IsKeepout : Boolean Read GetState_IsKeepout Write SetState_IsKeepout;
Description
This property determines whether a PCB object is used as a keep-out object. Currently arc, track and fill objects are used as keep out objects. The keepout layer generally defines areas on the PCB document that you don't want automatically or manually routed, and this can include clearance areas around mounting hole pads or high voltage components for example.
This property is supported by the GetState_IsKeepOut and SetState_IsKeepOut methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsPreRoute property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property IsPreRoute : Boolean Read GetState_IsPreRoute Write SetState_IsPreRoute;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_IsPreRoute and SetState_IsPreRoute methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsTestpoint_Bottom property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property IsTestpoint_Bottom : Boolean Read GetState_IsTestpoint_Bottom Write SetState_IsTestpoint_Bottom;
Description
This property determines whether a pad or via is used as a test point on the bottom layer.
This property is supported by the GetState_IsTestpoint_Bottom and SetState_IsTestPoint_Bottom methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsTenting property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property IsTenting : Boolean Read GetState_IsTenting Write SetState_IsTenting;
Description
This property determines whether the solder mask of pad and via objects are tented on top and bottom layers. A tenting closes an opening in the mask of pad or via objects.
This property is supported by the GetState_IsTenting and SetState_IsTenting methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsTenting_Top property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property IsTenting_Top : Boolean Read GetState_IsTenting_Top Write SetState_IsTenting_Top;
Description
This property determines whether the solder mask of pad and via objects are tented or not on the top layer. A tenting closes an opening in the mask of pad or via objects.
This property is supported by the GetState_IsTenting_Top and SetState_IsTenting_Top methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsTestpoint_Top property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property IsTestpoint_Top : Boolean Read GetState_IsTestpoint_Top Write SetState_IsTestpoint_Top;
Description
This property determines whether a pad or via is used as a test point on the top layer.
This property is supported by the GetState_IsTestpoint_Top and SetState_IsTestpoint_Top methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Layer property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Layer : TLayer Read GetState_Layer Write SetState_Layer;
Description
This layer denotes which layer the object is on.
This property is supported by the GetState_Layer and SetState_layer methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TLayer type
MiscFlag1 property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property MiscFlag1 : Boolean Read GetState_MiscFlag1 Write SetState_MiscFlag1;
Description
This property determines the boolean value from the MiscFlag1 property and can be used for custom purposes.
This property is supported by the GetState_MiscFlag1 and SetState_MiscFlag1 methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
MiscFlag2 property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property MiscFlag2 : Boolean Read GetState_MiscFlag2 Write SetState_MiscFlag2;
Description
This property determines the boolean value from the MiscFlag2 property and can be used for custom purposes.
This property is supported by the GetState_MiscFlag2 and SetState_MiscFlag2 methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
MiscFlag3 property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property MiscFlag3 : Boolean Read GetState_MiscFlag3 Write SetState_MiscFlag3;
Description
This property determines the boolean value from the MiscFlag3 property and can be used for custom purposes.
This property is supported by the GetState_MiscFlag3 and SetState_MiscFlag3 methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IsTenting_Bottom property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property IsTenting_Bottom : Boolean Read GetState_IsTenting_Bottom Write SetState_IsTenting_Bottom;
Description
This property determines whether the solder mask of pad and via objects are tented or not on the bottom layer. A tenting closes an opening in the mask of pad or via objects.
This property is supported by the GetState_IsTenting_Bottom and SetState_IsTenting_Bottom methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Moveable property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Moveable : Boolean Read GetState_Moveable Write SetState_Moveable;
Description
This property determines whether this design object can be moved or not (by the autorouter for example).
This property is supported by the GetState_Moveable and SetState_Moveable methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Net property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Net : IPCB_Net Read GetState_Net Write SetState_Net;
Description
The Net property of an object denotes it has an electrical property, meaning it is connected from one node to another.
This property is supported by the GetState_Net and SetState_Net methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
NetObjectAssign script from the \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\
ObjectId property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property ObjectId : TObjectId Read GetState_ObjectId;
Description
This ObjectId property determines what Object Id this object is. Please note that this ObjectId type is a limited set and to have a wider range of Object IDs, check the TViewableObjectId type.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_ObjectId method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
ViewableObjectId property
ObjectIDString property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property ObjectIDString : TPCBString Read GetState_ObjectIDString;
Description
This ObjectIDString property returns the Object Id string. For example eTrackObject type will yield a Track string.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_ObjectIDString method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PadCacheRobotFlag property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property PadCacheRobotFlag : Boolean Read GetState_PadCacheRobotFlag Write SetState_PadCacheRobotFlag;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_PadCacheRobotFlag and SetState_PadCacheRobotFlag methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PasteMaskExpansion property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property PasteMaskExpansion : TCoord Read GetState_PasteMaskExpansion;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_PasteMaskExpansion and SetState_PasteMaskExpansion methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Polygon property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Polygon : IPCB_Polygon Read GetState_Polygon Write SetState_Polygon;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_Polygon and SetState_Polygon methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PolygonOutline property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property PolygonOutline : Boolean Read GetState_PolygonOutline Write SetState_PolygonOutline;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_PolygonOutline and SetState_PolygonOutline methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PowerPlaneReliefExpansion property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property PowerPlaneReliefExpansion : TCoord Read GetState_PowerPlaneReliefExpansion;
Description
This property is supported by the GetState_PowerPlaneReliefExpansion method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PowerPlaneClearance property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property PowerPlaneClearance : TCoord Read GetState_PowerPlaneClearance;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_PowerPlaneClearance method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PowerPlaneConnectStyle property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property PowerPlaneConnectStyle : TPlaneConnectStyle Read GetState_PowerPlaneConnectStyle;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_PowerPlaneConnectStyle method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TPlaneConnectStyle type
ReliefAirGap property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property ReliefAirGap : TCoord Read GetState_ReliefAirGap;
Description
The ReliefAirGap property retrieves the relief air gap value for this pad/via object.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_ReliefAirGap method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

ReliefConductorWidth property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property ReliefConductorWidth : TCoord Read GetState_ReliefConductorWidth;
Description
The ReliefConductorWidth property retrieves the relief conductor width value for a this pad/via object.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_ReliefConductorWidth method
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
ReliefEntries property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property ReliefEntries : Integer Read GetState_ReliefEntries;
Description
This property retrieves the number of relief entries for a pad/via object.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_ReliefEntries method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Selected property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Selected : Boolean Read GetState_Selected Write SetState_Selected;
Description
This property determines whether this object is selected or not on the PCB document.
This property is supported by the GetState_Selected and SetState_Selected methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
SolderMaskExpansion property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property SolderMaskExpansion : TCoord Read GetState_SolderMaskExpansion;
Description
The solder mask expansion property determines the shape that is created on the solder mask layer at each pad and via site. This shape is expanded or contracted radially by the amount specified by this rule. This property over-rides the solder mask expansion design rule.
This read-only property is supported by the GetState_SolderMaskExpansion method.
Notes
A Solder Mask expansion property for a pad object is currently relevant just for pads on top and bottom copper layers.
Paste mask layers are used to design stencils which will selectively place solder paste on a blank PCB. Vias do not have a paste mask layer.
Solder paste is only placed on pads where component leads are to be soldered to them. Vias normally don't have anything soldered onto them.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TearDrop property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property TearDrop : Boolean Read GetState_TearDrop Write SetState_TearDrop;
Description
This property determines whether the PCB object (an arc or track object) is used for as a tear drop.
This property is supported by the GetState_TearDrop and SetState_TearDrop methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
Used property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property Used : Boolean Read GetState_Used Write SetState_Used;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_Used and SetState_Used methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
UserRouted property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property UserRouted : Boolean Read GetState_UserRouted Write SetState_UserRouted;
Description

This property is supported by the GetState_UserRouted and SetState_UserRouted methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
ViewableObjectID property
(IPCB_Primitive interface)
Syntax
Property ViewableObjectID : TViewableObjectID Read GetState_ViewableObjectID;
Description
The read only property determines the ViewableObjectID of the design object. The TViewableObjectID type is a more descriptive ID of a design object than the TObjectID type.
For example any type of dimension object is a eDimension type according to the TObjectID but could be one of the eViewableObject_LinearDimension...eViewableObject_RadialDiameterDimension value.
This property is supported by the GetState_ViewableObjectID and SetState_ViewableObjectId methods.
Notes
This TViewableObjectID type is mainly used by the Inspector and List views in Altium Designer and is an extension of TObjectID type.
Example

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TViewableObjectID type
TObjectID type

IPCB_Arc Interface

Overview
Arcs are circular track segments with a definable width and can be placed on any layer. Arcs can have resizeable angles. You can set the angles to 0 and 360 respectively to obtain a circle object. Arcs have a variety of uses in the PCB design layout.
For example, arcs can be used to outline component shapes. Arcs can also be placed on a signal layer and be electrically connected to tracks.
Note
You can use IPCB_Primitive methods and properties that are relevant to the IPCB_Arc interface.

The IPCB_Arc interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Arc

IPCB_Arc methods GetState_CenterX GetState_CenterY GetState_Radius GetState_LineWidth GetState_StartAngle GetState_EndAngle GetState_StartX GetState_StartY GetState_EndX GetState_EndY SetState_CenterX SetState_CenterY SetState_Radius SetState_LineWidth SetState_StartAngle SetState_EndAngle RotateAroundXY GetState_StrictHitTest

IPCB_Arc properties XCenter YCenter Radius LineWidth StartAngle EndAngle StartX StartY EndX EndY

Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
WorkSpace : IWorkSpace;
Arc : IPCB_Arc;
Begin
// Create a new PCB documen
WorkSpace := GetWorkSpace;
If WorkSpace = Nil Then Exit;
Workspace.DM_CreateNewDocument('PCB');

Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil then exit;

Arc := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eArcObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
// need the board origin marker to appear on the PCB document
// in order to obtain the Board.Xorigin and YOrigin values.
Arc.XCenter := MilsToCoord(Board.XOrigin + 1800);
Arc.YCenter := MilsToCoord(Board.YOrigin + 1800);
Arc.Radius := MilsToCoord(200);
Arc.LineWidth := MilsToCoord(50);
Arc.StartAngle := 0;
Arc.EndAngle := 270;
Arc.Layer := eBottomLayer;

// Add the new arc object to the PCB database.
Board.AddPCBObject(Arc);

// Repaint the PCB Worksheet
ResetParameters;
AddStringParameter('Action', 'All');
RunProcess('PCB:Zoom');
End;
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PCB Design Objects

Methods

RotateAroundXY method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Procedure RotateAroundXY (AX,AY : TCoord; Angle : TAngle);
Description
This method rotates an arc on the PCB document about the AX, AY coordinates with an angle in degrees. To ensure the arc rotates without moving about, pass in its XCenter and YCenter attributes for the AX,AY parameters.
Example
//rotate the arc about its original center
Arc.RotateAroundXY(Arc.XCenter,Arc.YCenter,45);
See also
IPCB_Arc interface

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_CenterX method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CenterX : TCoord;
Description
This method is used for the CenterX property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_CenterY method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CenterY : TCoord;
Description
This method is used for the CenterY property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_EndAngle method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_EndAngle : TAngle;
Description
This method is used for the EndAngle property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_EndX method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_EndX : TCoord;
Description
This method is used for the EndX property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_EndY method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_EndY : TCoord;
Description
This method is used for the EndY property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_LineWidth method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_LineWidth : TCoord;
Description
This method is used for the LineWidth property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_Radius method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Radius : TCoord;
Description
This method is used for the Radius property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_StartAngle method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StartAngle : TAngle;
Description
This method is used for the StartAngle property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_StartX method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StartX : TCoord;
Description
This method is used for the StartX property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_StartY method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StartY : TCoord;
Description
This method is used for the StartY property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
GetState_StrictHitTest method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StrictHitTest (HitX,HitY : TCoord) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
SetState_CenterX method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_CenterX (AX : TCoord);
Description
This method is used for the CenterX property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
SetState_CenterY method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_CenterY (AY : TCoord);
Description
This method is used for the CenterY property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
SetState_EndAngle method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_EndAngle (Angle : TAngle);
Description
This method is used for the EndAngle property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
SetState_LineWidth method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_LineWidth (Width : TCoord);
Description
This method is used for the Linewidth property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
SetState_Radius method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Radius (Radius : TCoord);
Description
This method is used for the Radius property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
SetState_StartAngle method
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_StartAngle (Angle : TAngle);
Description
This method is used for the StartAngle property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface

Properties

EndAngle property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property EndAngle : TAngle Read GetState_EndAngle Write SetState_EndAngle;
Description
The EndAngle property denotes the end angle of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_EndAngle / SetState_EndAngle and complemented by the GetState_StartAngle/SetState_StartAngle methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
EndX property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property EndX : TCoord Read GetState_EndX;
Description
The EndX property denotes the end X coordinate of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_EndX method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
EndY property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property EndY : TCoord Read GetState_EndY;
Description
The EndY property denotes the end Y coordinate of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_EndY method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
LineWidth property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property LineWidth : TCoord Read GetState_LineWidth Write SetState_LineWidth;
Description
The LineWidth property denotes the line thickness or width of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_LineWidth and SetState_LineWidth methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
Radius property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property Radius : TCoord Read GetState_Radius Write SetState_Radius;
Description
The Radius property denotes the radius of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_Radius and SetState_Radius methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
StartY property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property StartY : TCoord Read GetState_StartY;
Description
The StartY property denotes the end Y coordinate of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_StartY method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
StartX property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property StartX : TCoord Read GetState_StartX;
Description
The StartX property denotes the starting X coordinate of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_StartX method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
StartAngle property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property StartAngle : TAngle Read GetState_StartAngle Write SetState_StartAngle;
Description
The StartAngle property denotes the initial angle of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_StartAngle / SetState_StartAngle and complemented by the GetState_EndAngle/SetState_EndAngle methods.
Example
Arc := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eArcObject,eNoDimension,eCreate_Default);
Arc.XCenter := MilsToCoord(Board.XOrigin + 1800);
Arc.YCenter := MilsToCoord(Board.YOrigin + 1800);
Arc.Radius := MilsToCoord(200);
Arc.LineWidth := MilsToCoord(50);
Arc.StartAngle := 0;
Arc.EndAngle := 270;
Arc.Layer := eBottomLayer;

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
XCenter property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property XCenter : TCoord Read GetState_CenterX Write SetState_CenterX;
Description
The XCenter property denotes the X coordinate of the center of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_CenterX and SetState_CenterX methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface
YCenter property
(IPCB_Arc interface)
Syntax
Property YCenter : TCoord Read GetState_CenterY Write SetState_CenterY;
Description
The YCenter property denotes the X coordinate of the center of the arc. It is supported by the GetState_CenterY and SetState_CenterY methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Arc interface

IPCB_BoardOutline

Overview
The board outline object represents the board shape which defines the extents or boundary of the board in the PCB Editor. A board outline object is essentially a closed polygon and is inherited from the IPCB_Polygon interface.
The PCB Editor uses the board outline shape to determine the extents of the power planes for plane edge pull back, used when splitting power planes and for calculating the board edge when design data is exported to other tools such as the 3D viewer tool.
A board outline is a group object therefore it is composed of pull back primitives namely tracks and arcs as the vertices for the closed polygon of the board outline. Although the board outline object interface is inherited from the IPCB_Polygon interface, you cannot use layer, net assignment and repour polygon behaviours for a board outline.

The IPCB_BoardOutline interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_BoardOutline
Notes
The IPCB_BoardOutline interface is inherited from IPCB_Polygon interface and in turn from IPCB_Group interface.
To iterate the board outline for the pullback primitives, you create and use a group iterator because the board outline is a group object which in turn is composed of child objects.
The IPCB_BoardOutline interface is used by the BoardOutline property from the IPCB_Board interface.
Each new PCB document in Altium Designer is created with a board outline, so if you wish to update a board outline of a PCB document, you modify the existing board outline by massaging the board outline's vertices and then update the board outline..

IPCB_Group methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

IPCB_BoardOutline methods GetState_HitPrimitive Rebuild Validate Invalidate InvalidatePlane

IPCB_BoardOutline properties

Example

See also
PCB Design Objects
PCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_Polygon interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
PCB_Outline script in \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript\PCB folder.
BoardOutlineDetails script in \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript\PCB folder.

Methods

GetState_HitPrimitive method
(IPCB_BoardOutline interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_HitPrimitive (APrimitive : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Description
This function checks if a primitive that is not part of the board outline is touching or overlapping on the edge of the outline (whether being touched or enclosed by the outline).
This primitive could be placed by the user or created and placed programmatically. If the result is false, it means the primitive is definitely outside the outline.
Example

See also
IPCB_BoardOutline interface
Invalidate method
(IPCB_BoardOutline interface)
Syntax
Procedure Invalidate;
Description
This procedure renders the board outline in an invalidated state. This state needs to be rebuilt and validated by the system.
Example

See also
IPCB_BoardOutline interface
Validate method
InvalidatePlane method
(IPCB_BoardOutline interface)
Syntax
Procedure InvalidatePlane(Layer : TLayer);
Description
This procedure invalidates the specified layer the board outline is connected to, because the outline has been modified and this particular layer needs to be rebuilt.
Example

See also
IPCB_BoardOutline interface
Rebuild method
(IPCB_BoardOutline interface)
Syntax
Procedure Rebuild;
Description
This Rebuild procedure is called by the Validate method. This method rebuilds the board outline after it has been graphically altered which potentially could affect the internal/split planes that are connected to this outline.
Example

See also
IPCB_BoardOutline interface
Validate method
(IPCB_BoardOutline interface)
Syntax
Procedure Validate;
Description
The Validate method refreshes and updates the board outline object and its connections to the internal/split planes after it has been altered programmatically (layers or the coordinates of the outline).
The Rebuild method is called implicitly by the Validate method, so executing the Invalidate then the Valid methods are sufficient when the coordinates of a board outline has been modified programmatically.
Example

See also
IPCB_BoardOutline interface

IPCB_Component Interface

Overview
Components are defined by footprints, which are stored in a PCB library (or part of an integrated library). Note, a footprint can be linked to a schematic component.
When a footprint is placed in the workspace, it is assigned a designator (and optional comment). It is then referred to as a component. A component is composed of primitives (normally tracks, arcs, and pads).
Components are defined by footprints, which are stored in a PCB library. When a footprint is placed in the workspace, it is assigned a designator (and optional comment). It is then referred to as a component with the defined reference. The origin in the library editor defines the reference point of a footprint.
The IPCB_Component interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Component
Notes
The reference point of a component is set by the X,Y fields inherited from IPCB_Group interface. You can obtain the bounding rectangle of the component and calculate the mid point X and Y values to enable rotation about the center of the component if desired.
The rotation property of a component is set according to the reference point of a component, therefore the Rotation property and the RotateAroundXY method are equivalent only if you use the X,Y parameters for the RotateAroundXY method that are the same as the reference point of the component.
A component is a group object and therefore composes of child objects such as arcs and tracks. You use a group iterator to fetch the child objects for that component.

The IPCB_Component interface hierarchy is as follows;

IPCB_Group methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

IPCB_Component methods GetState_ChannelOffset GetState_ComponentKind GetState_Name GetState_Comment GetState_Pattern GetState_NameOn GetState_CommentOn GetState_LockStrings GetState_GroupNum GetState_UnionIndex GetState_Rotation GetState_Height GetState_NameAutoPos GetState_CommentAutoPos GetState_SourceDesignator GetState_SourceUniqueId GetState_SourceHierarchicalPath GetState_SourceFootprintLibrary GetState_SourceComponentLibrary GetState_SourceLibReference GetState_SourceDescription GetState_FootprintDescription GetState_DefaultPCB3DModel GetState_IsBGA BoundingRectangleNoNameComment BoundingRectangleNoNameCommentForSignals SetState_ChannelOffset SetState_ComponentKind SetState_Pattern SetState_NameOn SetState_CommentOn SetState_LockStrings SetState_GroupNum SetState_UnionIndex SetState_Rotation SetState_Height SetState_NameAutoPos SetState_CommentAutoPos SetState_SourceDesignator SetState_SourceUniqueId SetState_SourceHierarchicalPath SetState_SourceFootprintLibrary SetState_SourceComponentLibrary SetState_SourceLibReference SetState_SourceDescription SetState_FootprintDescription SetState_DefaultPCB3DModel ChangeNameAutoposition ChangeCommentAutoposition SetState_xSizeySize RotateAroundXY FlipComponent Rebuild Getstate_PadByName LoadCompFromLibrary LoadFromLibrary AutoPosition_NameComment SetState_EnablePinSwapping SetState_EnablePartSwapping GetState_EnablePinSwapping GetState_EnablePartSwapping

IPCB_Component properties ChannelOffset ComponentKind Name Comment Pattern NameOn CommentOn LockStrings GroupNum UnionIndex Rotation Height NameAutoPosition CommentAutoPosition SourceDesignator SourceUniqueId SourceHierarchicalPath SourceFootprintLibrary SourceComponentLibrary SourceLibReference SourceDescription FootprintDescription DefaultPCB3DModel IsBGA EnablePinSwapping EnablePartSwapping

See also
PCB Design Objects
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
IPCB_Text interface
TComponentKind enumerated values
TTextAutoposition enumerated values

Methods

AutoPosition_NameComment method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure AutoPosition_NameComment;
Description
This procedure invokes the auto positioning of the name and comment objects associated with the component after the Name and Comment objects' positions have been updated.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
ChangeCommentAutoposition method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function ChangeCommentAutoposition (Value : TTextAutoposition) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
ChangeNameAutoposition method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function ChangeNameAutoposition (Value : TTextAutoposition) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
FlipComponent method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure FlipComponent;
Description
This method flips the component from one layer to the other, for example top layer to the bottom layer.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Getstate_PadByName method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function Getstate_PadByName (S : TPCBString) : IPCB_Primitive;
Description
This method retrieves the pad object interface only if the pad's name is found which is associated with this component.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
LoadFromLibrary method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function LoadFromLibrary : Boolean;
Description
This function refreshes the specified component from the library. If it is successful a true value is returned otherwise false.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
LoadCompFromLibrary method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function LoadCompFromLibrary : Boolean;
Description
This function refreshes the component from the library. If it is successful a true value is returned otherwise false.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface

Rebuild method

(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure Rebuild;
Description
This procedure forces a rebuild of the whole component graphically.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface

RotateAroundXY method

(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure RotateAroundXY (AX,AY : TCoord;Angle : TAngle);
Description
This method rotates a component object on the PCB document about the AX, AY coordinates with an angle in degrees. To ensure the component rotates without moving about, pass in its midpoint (between X1,X2 and Y1, Y2) attributes for the AX,AY parameters or use the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Rotation property
SetState_xSizeySize method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function SetState_xSizeySize : Boolean;
Description
After a component has been rebuilt programmatically for example the name and comment positions have changed, do a SetState_xSizeySize method to update the bounding rectangle of the whole component.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_ChannelOffset method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ChannelOffset : TChannelOffset;
Description
The ChannelOffset represents the Channel Offset parameter for the component. A channel offset denotes where the component is in a room especially when a room is being copied and a copy is created on the same document. The copies of rooms containing components are created based on their offsets.
This method is used for the ChannelOffset property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_Comment method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Comment : IPCB_Text;
Description
This property denotes the comment object associated with the IPCB_Component component object on the PCB document.
This method is used for the Comment property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_CommentAutoPos method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CommentAutoPos : TTextAutoposition;
Description
This property denotes that the Comment text object is to be positioned relative to the component object depending on what the TTextAutoposition parameter is.
This method is used by the CommentAutoPos property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_CommentOn method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CommentOn : Boolean;
Description
The CommentOn property denotes the visibility of the Name object associated with the component.
This method is used for the CommentOn property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_ComponentKind method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ComponentKind : TComponentKind;
Description
A component kind can be one of the following:
eComponentKind_Standard: These components possess standard electrical properties, are always synchronized and are the type most commonly used on a board.
eComponentKind_Mechanical: These components do not have electrical properties and will appear in the BOM. They are synchronized if the same components exist on both the Schematic and PCB documents. An example is a heatsink.
eComponentKind_Graphical: These components are not used during synchronization or checked for electrical errors. These components are used, for example, when adding company logos to documents.
eComponentKind_NetTie_BOM: These components short two or more different nets for routing and these components will appear in the BOM and are maintained during synchronization.
eComponentKind_NetTie_NoBOM: These components short two or more different nets for routing and these components will NOT appear in the BOM and are maintained during synchronization. Note
Note, the TComponentKind type is defined from RT_Workspace unit.
This method is used by the ComponentKind property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_DefaultPCB3DModel method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DefaultPCB3DModel : TPCBString;
Description
The DefaultPCB3DModel method denotes the default PCB 3D Model name as the default to be linked to this PCB component.
This method is used for the DeafultPCB3DModel property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_Footprint Description method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_FootprintDescription : TPCBString;
Description
This property denotes the descriptive account of the footprint. This method is used for the Footprint Description property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_GroupNum method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_GroupNum : Integer;
Description
This GroupNum is not used internally. Can use for specific purposes such as a tag or an index.
This GroupNum method is used for the GroupNum property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_Height method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Height : TCoord;
Description
The height of the component denotes the height of the component. It is used for the 3D viewer which works out the heights of components before displaying components in a 3D view.
This method is used for the Height property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_LockStrings method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_LockStrings : Boolean;
Description
The LockStrings property of the component denotes whether the strings of a component can be locked or not. This method is used for the LockStrings property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_Name method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Name : IPCB_Text;
Description
This property denotes the name object associated with the IPCB_Component component object on the PCB document.
This method is used for the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_NameAutoPos method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_NameAutoPos : TTextAutoposition;
Description
The CommentAutoPos denotes that the Comment text object is to be positioned relative to the component object depending on what the TTextAutoposition parameter is.
This method is used for the CommentAutoPos property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_NameOn method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_NameOn : Boolean;
Description
The NameOn property denotes the visibility of the Name object associated with the component.
This method is used for the NameOn property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_Pattern method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Pattern : TPCBString;
Description
The Pattern denotes the footprint name of this component which is a widestring. This method is used for the Pattern property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_Rotation method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Rotation : TAngle;
Description
The Rotation of the component denotes the angle of the component with respect to the horizontal axis. The rotation parameter of TAngle type is between 0 and 360 degrees inclusive.
This method is used for the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_SourceComponentLibrary method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SourceComponentLibrary : TPCBString;
Description
This source library field denotes the integrated library where the PCB component comes from. Note: When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library path names.
This method is used for the SourceComponentLibrary property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_Source Description method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SourceDescription : TPCBString;
Description
This method can include a descriptive account of the reference link to a source component or a device name.
This method is used for the SourceDescription property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_SourceDesignator method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SourceDesignator : TPCBString;
Description
This method represents the current designator of the source component from the corresponding schematic.
This method is used for the SourceDesignator property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_SourceFootprintLibrary method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SourceFootprintLibrary : TPCBString;
Description
This method denotes the descriptive account of the footprint. This method is used for the SourceFootprintLibrary property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_SourceHierarchicalPath method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SourceHierarchicalPath : TPCBString;
Description
This uniquely identifies the source reference path to the PCB component. The path can be multi-level depending on whether it is a multi channel (sheet symbols) or a normal design (schematic sheets).
Note: When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library path names.
This method is used for the SourceHierarchicalPath property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_SourceLibReference method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SourceLibReference : TPCBString;
Description
The source library reference property is the name of the component from the library. This method is used for the SourceLibReference property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_SourceUniqueId method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SourceUniqueId : TPCBString;
Description
Unique IDs (UIDs) are used to match each schematic component to the corresponding PCB component. When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library pathnames.
The Unique Identifier (UID) is a system generated value that uniquely identifies the source component.
This method is used for the SourceUniqueID property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GetState_UnionIndex method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_UnionIndex : Integer;
Description
The UnionIndex property denotes the union index. Unions are sets of components that will be manipulated as a block for the PCB placement. Components in a union maintain their relative positions within the union as they are moved for example.
This method is used for the UnionIndex property.

Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_ChannelOffset method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ChannelOffset (Value : TChannelOffset);
Description
The ChannelOffset represents the Channel Offset parameter for the component. A channel offset denotes where the component is in a room especially when a room is being copied and a copy is created on the same document. The copies of rooms containing components are created based on their offsets.
This method is used for the ChannelOffset property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_CommentAutoPos method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_CommentAutoPos (Value : TTextAutoposition);
Description
This property denotes that the Comment text object is to be positioned relative to the component object depending on what the TTextAutoposition parameter is.
This method is used by the CommentAutoPos property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_CommentOn method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_CommentOn (Value : Boolean);
Description
The CommentOn property denotes the visibility of the Comment object associated with the component. This method is used for the CommentOn property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_ComponentKind method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ComponentKind (Value : TComponentKind);
Description
A component kind can be one of the following:
eComponentKind_Standard: These components possess standard electrical properties, are always synchronized and are the type most commonly used on a board.
eComponentKind_Mechanical: These components do not have electrical properties and will appear in the BOM. They are synchronized if the same components exist on both the Schematic and PCB documents. An example is a heatsink.
eComponentKind_Graphical: These components are not used during synchronization or checked for electrical errors. These components are used, for example, when adding company logos to documents.
eComponentKind_NetTie_BOM: These components short two or more different nets for routing and these components will appear in the BOM and are maintained during synchronization.
eComponentKind_NetTie_NoBOM: These components short two or more different nets for routing and these components will NOT appear in the BOM and are maintained during synchronization. Note
Note, the TComponentKind type is defined from RT_Workspace unit.
This method is used by the ComponentKind property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_DefaultPCB3DModel method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_DefaultPCB3DModel (Value : TPCBString);
Description
The DefaultPCB3DModel method denotes the default PCB 3D Model name as the default to be linked to this PCB component.
This method is used for the DeafultPCB3DModel property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_Footprint Description method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_FootprintDescription (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This property denotes the descriptive account of the footprint. This method is used for the Footprint Description property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_GroupNum method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_GroupNum (Value : Integer);
Description
This GroupNum is not used internally. Can use for specific purposes such as a tag or an index.
This GroupNum method is used for the GroupNum property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_Height method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Height (Value : TCoord);
Description
The height of the component denotes the height of the component. It is used for the 3D viewer which works out the heights of components before displaying components in a 3D view.
This method is used for the Height property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_LockStrings method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_LockStrings (Value : Boolean);
Description
The LockStrings property of the component denotes whether the strings of a component can be locked or not. This method is used for the LockStrings property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_NameAutoPos method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_NameAutoPos (Value : TTextAutoposition);
Description
The NameAutoPos denotes that the Name text object is to be positioned relative to the component object depending on what the TTextAutoposition parameter is.
This method is used for the NameAutoPos property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_NameOn method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_NameOn (Value : Boolean);
Description
The NameOn property denotes the visibility of the Name object associated with the component.
This method is used for the NameOn property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_Pattern method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Pattern (Value : TPCBString);
Description
The Pattern denotes the footprint name of this component which is a widestring. This method is used for the Pattern property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_Rotation method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Rotation (Value : TAngle);
Description
The Rotation of the component denotes the angle of the component with respect to the horizontal axis. The rotation parameter of TAngle type is between 0 and 360 degrees inclusive.
This method is used for the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_SourceComponentLibrary method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SourceComponentLibrary(Value : TPCBString);
Description
This source library field denotes the integrated library where the PCB component comes from. Note: When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library path names.
This method is used for the SourceComponentLibrary property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_Source Description method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SourceDescription (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This method can include a descriptive account of the reference link to a source component or a device name.
This method is used for the Source Description property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_SourceDesignator method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SourceDesignator (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This method represents the current designator of the source component from the corresponding schematic.
This method is used for the SourceDesignator property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_SourceFootprintLibrary method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SourceFootprintLibrary(Value : TPCBString);
Description
This method denotes the descriptive account of the footprint. This method is used for the SourceFootprintLibrary property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_SourceHierarchicalPath method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SourceHierarchicalPath(Value : TPCBString);
Description
This uniquely identifies the source reference path to the PCB component. The path can be multi-level depending on whether it is a multi channel (sheet symbols) or a normal design (schematic sheets).
Note: When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library path names.
This method is used for the SourceHierarchicalPath property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_SourceLibReference method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SourceLibReference (Value : TPCBString);
Description
The source library reference property is the name of the component from the library. This method is used for the SourceLibReference property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface

SetState_SourceUniqueId method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SourceUniqueId (Value : TPCBString);
Description
Unique IDs (UIDs) are used to match each schematic component to the corresponding PCB component. When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library pathnames.
The Unique Identifier (UID) is a system generated value that uniquely identifies the source component.
This method is used for the SourceUniqueId property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SetState_UnionIndex method
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_UnionIndex (Value : Integer);
Description
The UnionIndex property denotes the union index. Unions are sets of components that will be manipulated as a block for the PCB placement. Components in a union maintain their relative positions within the union as they are moved for example.
This method is used for the UnionIndex property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface

Properties

ChannelOffset property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property ChannelOffset : TChannelOffset Read GetState_ChannelOffset Write SetState_ChannelOffset;
Description
The ChannelOffset represents the Channel Offset parameter for the component. A channel offset denotes where the component is in a room especially when a room is being copied and a copy is created on the same document. The copies of rooms containing components are created based on their offsets.
This property is supported by the GetState_ChannelOffset and SetState_ChannelOffset methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Comment property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property Comment : IPCB_Text Read GetState_Comment;
Description
This property denotes the comment object associated with the IPCB_Component component object on the PCB document.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_Comment method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
IPCB_Text interface
CommentAutoPosition property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property CommentAutoPosition : TTextAutoposition Read GetState_CommentAutoPos Write SetState_CommentAutoPos;
Description
This property denotes that the Comment text object is to be positioned relative to the component object depending on what the TTextAutoposition parameter is.
This property is supported by the GetState_CommentAutoPosition and SetState_CommentAutoPosition methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
TTextAutoposition type
CommentOn property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property CommentOn : Boolean Read GetState_CommentOn Write SetState_CommentOn;
Description
The CommentOn property denotes the visibility of the Comment object associated with the component.
This property is supported by the GetState_CommentOn and SetState_CommentOn methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
ComponentKind property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property ComponentKind : TComponentKind Read GetState_ComponentKind Write SetState_ComponentKind;
Description
A component kind can be one of the following:
eComponentKind_Standard: These components possess standard electrical properties, are always synchronized and are the type most commonly used on a board.
eComponentKind_Mechanical: These components do not have electrical properties and will appear in the BOM. They are synchronized if the same components exist on both the Schematic and PCB documents. An example is a heatsink.
eComponentKind_Graphical: These components are not used during synchronization or checked for electrical errors. These components are used, for example, when adding company logos to documents.
eComponentKind_NetTie_BOM: These components short two or more different nets for routing and these components will appear in the BOM and are maintained during synchronization.
eComponentKind_NetTie_NoBOM: These components short two or more different nets for routing and these components will NOT appear in the BOM and are maintained during synchronization. Note
Note, the TComponentKind type is defined from RT_Workspace unit.
This property is supported by the GetState_ComponentKind and SetState_ComponentKind methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
TComponentKind type in the RT_Workspace unit.
DefaultPCB3DModel property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property DefaultPCB3DModel : TPCBString Read GetState_DefaultPCB3DModel Write SetState_DefaultPCB3DModel;
Description
The property denotes the default PCB 3D Model name as the default to be linked to this PCB component.
This property is supported by the GetState_DefaultPCB3DModel and SetState_DefaultPCB3DModel methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Footprint Description property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property FootprintDescription : TPCBString Read GetState_FootprintDescription Write SetState_FootprintDescription;
Description
This property denotes the descriptive account of the footprint.
This property is supported by the GetState_Footprint Description and SetState_Footprint Description methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
GroupNum property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property GroupNum : Integer Read GetState_GroupNum Write SetState_GroupNum;
Description
This property is not used internally. Can use for specific purposes such as a tag or an index.
This property is supported by the GetState_GroupNum and SetState_GroupNum methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Height property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property Height : TCoord Read GetState_Height Write SetState_Height;
Description
The height property denotes the height of the component. It is used for the 3D viewer which works out the heights of components before displaying components in a 3D view.
This property is supported by the GetState_Height and SetState_Height methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
LockStrings property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property LockStrings : Boolean Read GetState_LockStrings Write SetState_LockStrings;
Description
The LockStrings property denotes whether the strings of a component can be locked or not.
This property is supported by the GetState_LockStrings and SetState_LockStrings methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Name property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property Name : IPCB_Text Read GetState_Name;
Description
This property denotes the name object associated with the IPCB_Component object on the PCB document and represents the pattern string.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_Name method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
IPCB_Text interface
NameAutoPosition property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property NameAutoPosition : TTextAutoposition Read GetState_NameAutoPos Write SetState_NameAutoPos;
Description
This property denotes that the Name text object is to be positioned relative to the component object depending on what the TTextAutoposition parameter is.
This property is supported by the GetState_NameAutoPos and SetState_NameAutoPos methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
TTextAutoposition type
NameOn property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property NameOn : Boolean Read GetState_NameOn Write SetState_NameOn;
Description
The NameOn property denotes the visibility of the Name object associated with the component.
This property is supported by the GetState_NameOn and SetState_NameOn methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Pattern property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property Pattern : TPCBString Read GetState_Pattern Write SetState_Pattern;
Description
The property denotes the footprint name of this component which is a widestring.
This property is supported by the GetState_Pattern and SetState_Pattern methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Rotation property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property Rotation : TAngle Read GetState_Rotation Write SetState_Rotation;
Description
This property denotes the angle of the component with respect to the horizontal axis. The rotation parameter of TAngle type is between 0 and 360 degrees inclusive.
This property is supported by the GetState_Rotation and SetState_Rotation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
TAngle type
SourceComponentLibrary property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property SourceComponentLibrary : TPCBString Read GetState_SourceComponentLibrary Write SetState_SourceComponentLibrary;
Description
This source library field denotes the integrated library where the PCB component comes from. Note: When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library path names.
This property is supported by the GetState_SourceComponentLibrary and SetState_SourceComponentLibrary methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
Source Description property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property SourceDescription : TPCBString Read GetState_SourceDescription Write SetState_SourceDescription;
Description
This property can include a descriptive account of the reference link to a source component or a device name.
This property is supported by the GetState_Source Description and SetState_Source Description methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SourceDesignator property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property SourceDesignator : TPCBString Read GetState_SourceDesignator Write SetState_SourceDesignator;
Description
This property represents the current designator of the source component from the corresponding schematic.
This property is supported by the GetState_SourceDesignator and SetState_SourceDesignator methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SourceFootprintLibrary property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property SourceFootprintLibrary : TPCBString Read GetState_SourceFootprintLibrary Write SetState_SourceFootprintLibrary;
Description
This field shows the name of the footprint. The footprint is the graphical representation of a PCB component and is used to display it on the PCB, and usually contains component outline and connection pads along with an unique designator.
Footprints are stored in PCB library files or Integrated libraries, which can be edited using the PCB Library Editor to create new footprints or edit existing ones.
This property is supported by the GetState_SourceFootprintLibrary and SetState_SourceFootprintLibrary methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SourceHierarchicalPath property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property SourceHierarchicalPath : TPCBString Read GetState_SourceHierarchicalPath Write SetState_SourceHierarchicalPath;
Description
This property uniquely identifies the source reference path to the PCB component. The path can be multi-level depending on whether it is a multi channel (sheet symbols) or a normal design (schematic sheets).
Note: When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library path names.
This property is supported by the GetState_SourceHierarchicalPath and SetState_SourceHierarchicalPath methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SourceLibReference property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property SourceLibReference : TPCBString Read GetState_SourceLibReference Write SetState_SourceLibReference;
Description
The source library reference property is the name of the component from the library.
This property is supported by the GetState_SourceLibReference and SetState_SourceLibReference methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
SourceUniqueId property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property SourceUniqueId : TPCBString Read GetState_SourceUniqueId Write SetState_SourceUniqueId;
Description
Unique IDs (UIDs) are used to match each schematic component to the corresponding PCB component. When a schematic is transferred to a blank PCB using the Update command, the source reference links for each PCB footprint is populated with source library pathnames.
The Unique Identifier (UID) is a system generated value that uniquely identifies the source component.
This property is supported by the GetState_SourceUniqueId and SetState_SourceUniqueId methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
UnionIndex property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property UnionIndex : Integer Read GetState_UnionIndex Write SetState_UnionIndex;
Description
The property denotes the union index. Unions are sets of components that will be manipulated as a block for the PCB placement. Components in a union maintain their relative positions within the union as they are moved for example.
The UnionIndex property is supported by the GetState_UnionIndex and SetState_UnionIndex methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
EnablePinSwapping property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property EnablePinSwapping : Boolean Read GetState_EnablePinSwapping Write SetState_EnablePinSwapping ;
Description
The property denotes the pin swapping for the pins of this component. In this case, these pins can be swapped if the EnablePinSwapping is set to true.
The EnablePinSwapping property is supported by the GetState_EnablePinSwapping and SetState_EnablePinSwapping methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
EnablePartSwapping property
(IPCB_Component interface)
Syntax
Property EnablePartSwapping : Boolean Read GetState_EnablePartSwapping Write SetState_EnablePartSwapping;
Description
The property denotes the part swapping. Components can have multi-parts and in this case, these multi parts can be swapped if the EnablePartSwapping is set to True.
The UnionIndex property is supported by the GetState_EnablePartSwapping and SetState_EnablePartSwapping methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Component interface
IPCB_ComponentBody Interface
Overview
A component body is a body that encapsulates a component in 3 dimensions on a PCB document. Component bodies are handled in the same way as other primitives, and they are contained in the component itself, whether in a library or on a board.
A component body object is a group object that contain child objects, thus in order to retrieve component bodies from within a component, use an iterator on this component.

The IPCB_ComponentBody interface hierarchy is as follows;

IPCB_ComponentBody methods GetStandoffHeight GetOverallHeight GetBodyProjection SetStandoffHeight SetOverallHeight SetBodyProjection

IPCB_ComponentBody properties StandoffHeight OverallHeight BodyProjection

See also
IPCB_Component interface

Methods

SetStandoffHeight method
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetStandoffHeight(Value : TCoord );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface
SetOverallHeight method
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetOverallHeight (Value : TCoord );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface
SetBodyProjection method
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetBodyProjection (Value : TBoardSide);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface
GetStandoffHeight method
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Function GetStandoffHeight : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface
GetOverallHeight method
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Function GetOverallHeight : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface
GetBodyProjection method
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Function GetBodyProjection : TBoardSide;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface

Properties

OverallHeight property
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Property OverallHeight : TCoord Read GetOverallHeight Write SetOverallHeight;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface
BodyProjection property
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Property BodyProjection : TBoardSide Read GetBodyProjection Write SetBodyProjection;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface
StandoffHeight property
(IPCB_ComponentBody interface)
Syntax
Property StandoffHeight : TCoord Read GetStandoffHeight Write SetStandoffHeight;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ComponentBody interface

IPCB_Coordinate

Overview
Coordinate markers are used to indicate the coordinates of specific points in a PCB workspace. A coordinate marker consists of a point marker and the X and Y coordinates of the position
The IPCB_Coordinate interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Coordinate

I PCB_Group methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

IPCB_Coordinate methods GetState_Size GetState_LineWidth GetState_TextHeight GetState_TextWidth GetState_TextFont GetState_Style GetState_Rotation GetState_UseTTFonts GetState_Bold GetState_Italic GetState_FontName SetState_Size SetState_LineWidth SetState_TextHeight SetState_TextWidth SetState_TextFont SetState_Style SetState_Rotation SetState_UseTTFonts SetState_Bold SetState_Italic SetState_FontName SetState_xSizeySize RotateAroundXY Text Track1 Track2 GetState_StrictHitTest

IPCB_Coordinate properties Size LineWidth TextHeight TextWidth TextFont Style Rotation UseTTFonts Bold Italic FontName

Methods
SetState_xSizeySize
RotateAroundXY
Text
Track1
Track2

GetState_StrictHitTest

Properties

Size property
(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property Size : TCoord Read GetState_Size Write SetState_Size;
Description
The Size property determines the size of the coordinate object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface
LineWidth property
(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property LineWidth : TCoord Read GetState_LineWidth Write SetState_LineWidth;
Description
The LineWidth property determines the line width or the outline of the coordinate object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface
TextHeight property
(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property TextHeight : TCoord Read GetState_TextHeight Write SetState_TextHeight;
Description
The TextHeight property determines the text height of the coordinate object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface

TextWidth property
(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property TextWidth : TCoord Read GetState_TextWidth Write SetState_TextWidth;
Description
The TextHeight property determines the text width of the coordinate object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface
TextFont property
(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property TextFont : TFontID Read GetState_TextFont Write SetState_TextFont;
Description
The TextFont property determines the font id of TFontID type used for the coordinate object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface
TFontID
Style property
(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property Style : TUnitStyle Read GetState_Style Write SetState_Style;
Description
The Style property determines the style used for the measurement units of the coordinate object. Display no units, show units as Mils or MM or show Units with parenthesises.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface
TUnitStyle type
Rotation property
(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property Rotation : TAngle Read GetState_Rotation Write SetState_Rotation;
Description
The Rotation property determines the coordinate object's orientation of TAngle type.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface
TAngle type
UseTTFonts property
(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property UseTTFonts : Boolean Read GetState_UseTTFonts Write SetState_UseTTFonts;
Description
The UseTTFonts property determines whether the text of the coordinate object is of True Type Font type.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface
TAngle type

Bold property

(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property Bold : Boolean Read GetState_Bold Write SetState_Bold;
Description
This property sets or gets the bold property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Bold and SetState_Bold methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface

Italic property

(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property Italic : Boolean Read GetState_Italic Write SetState_Italic;
Description
The Italic property sets or gets the italic property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Italic and SetState_Italic methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface

FontName property

(IPCB_Coordinate interface)
Syntax
Property FontName : TPCBString Read GetState_FontName Write SetState_FontName;
Description
This property sets or gets the FontName property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. For example one of the True Type font strings could be 'Arial', 'Arial Narrow', 'Courier New' and 'Verdana'. This property is supported by the GetState_Bold and SetState_Bold methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Delphiscript Script

Example

See also
IPCB_Coordinate interface
See also
PCB Design Objects
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface

IPCB_Connection Interface

Overview
The IPCB_Connection interface represents a connection between two nodes on a PCB document. The two nodes can be on two different layers and the connection style can be a connected line or a broken specially marked connection.

The IPCB_Connection hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Connection

IPCB_Connection methods GetState_X1 GetState_Y1 GetState_X2 GetState_Y2 GetState_Layer1 GetState_Layer2 GetState_Mode SetState_X1 SetState_Y1 SetState_X2 SetState_Y2 SetState_Layer1 SetState_Layer2 SetState_Mode IsRedundant RotateAroundXY

IPCB_Connection properties X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Layer1 Layer2 Mode

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TLayer enumerated values
TConnectionMode enumerated values
PCB Design Objects

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_Layer2 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Layer2 : TLayer;
Description
This method retrieves the Layer 2 attribute which represents a connection from the first layer to the second layer on a PCB document. This function is used for the Layer2 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
GetState_Mode method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Mode : TConnectionMode;
Description
This method retrieves the connection mode for the connection object. This method is used for the Mode property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
TConnectionMode type

GetState_X1 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_X1 : TCoord;
Description
This function represents the X1 (initial X) coordinate of the connection object. This method is used by the X1 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
GetState_X2 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_X2 : TCoord;
Description
This function represents the X2 (final X) coordinate of the connection object. This method is used by the X2 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
GetState_Y1 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Y1 : TCoord;
Description
This function represents the Y1 (initial Y) coordinate of the connection object. This method is used by the Y1 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
GetState_Y2 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Y2 : TCoord;
Description
This function represents the Y2 (final Y) coordinate of the connection object. This method is used by the Y2 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
SetState_Mode method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Mode (Value : TConnectionMode);
Description
This function represents the Connection Mode for the connection object. This method is used by the Mode property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
TConnectionMode type

SetState_X1 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_X1 (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method represents the X1 (initial X) coordinate of the connection object. This method is used by the X1 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
SetState_X2 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_X2 (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method represents the X2 (finall X) coordinate of the connection object. This method is used by the X2 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
SetState_Y1 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Y1 (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method represents the Y1 (initial Y) coordinate of the connection object. This method is used by the Y1 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
SetState_Y2 method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Y2 (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method represents the Y2 (final Y) coordinate of the connection object. This method is used by the Y2 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface

Methods

RotateAroundXY method

(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Procedure RotateAroundXY (AX, AY : TCoord;Angle : TAngle);
Description
This method rotates a connection object on the PCB document about the AX, AY coordinates with an angle in degrees. To ensure the connection rotates without moving about, pass in its midpoint (between X1,X2 and Y1, Y2) attributes for the AX,AY parameters.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
IsRedundant method
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Function IsRedundant : Boolean;
Description
This method determines whether the object is redundant (unused object) on the PCB document or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface

Properties

X1 property
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Property X1 : TCoord Read GetState_X1 Write SetState_X1;
Description
This property represents the X1 (initial X) coordinate of the connection object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
Y1 property
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Property Y1 : TCoord Read GetState_Y1 Write SetState_Y1;
Description
This property represents the Y1 (initial Y) coordinate of the connection object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
X2 property
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Property X2 : TCoord Read GetState_X2 Write SetState_X2;
Description
This property represents the X2 (finall X) coordinate of the connection object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
Y2 property
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Property Y2 : TCoord Read GetState_Y2 Write SetState_Y2;
Description
This property represents the Y2 (final Y) coordinate of the connection object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
Mode property
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Property Mode : TConnectionMode Read GetState_Mode Write SetState_Mode;
Description
The Mode property represents the connection mode type of the connection; whether it is part of the rats nest, or as a broken net marker.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
TConnectionMode type
Layer2 property
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Property Layer2 : TLayer Read GetState_Layer2;
Description
This property retrieves the Layer 2 attribute which represents a connection from the first layer to the second layer on a PCB document.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface
Layer1 property
(IPCB_Connection interface)
Syntax
Property Layer1 : TLayer Read GetState_Layer1;
Description
This property retrieves the Layer 1 attribute which represents a connection from the first layer to the second layer on a PCB document.
Example

See also
IPCB_Connection interface

IPCB_DifferentialPair Interface

Overview
A differential signaling system is one where a signal is transmitted down a pair of tightly coupled carriers, one of these carrying the signal, the other carrying an equal but opposite image of the signal. Differential signaling was developed to cater for situations where the logic reference ground of the signal source could not be well connected to the logic reference ground of the load. Differential signaling is inherently immune to common mode electrical noise, the most common interference artifact present in an electronic product. Another major advantage of differential signaling is that it minimizes electromagnetic interference (EMI) generated from the signal pair.
Differential pair routing is a design technique employed to create a balanced transmission system able to carry differential (equal and opposite) signals across a printed circuit board. Typically this differential routing will interface to an external differential transmission system, such as a connector and cable.
It is important to note that while the coupling ratio achieved in a twisted pair differential cable may be better than 99%, the coupling achieved in differential pair routing will typically be less than 50%. Current expert opinion is that the PCB routing task is not to try to ensure a specific differential impedance is achieved, rather the objective is to maintain the properties required to ensure the differential signal arrives in good condition at the target component as it travels from the external cabling.
Notes
The IPCB_DifferentialPair Interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_DifferentialPair

IPCB_DifferentialPair methods GetState_Name GetState_PositiveNet GetState_NegativeNet GetState_GatherControl SetState_Name SetState_PositiveNet SetState_NegativeNet SetState_GatherControl

IPCB_DifferentialPair properties Name PositiveNet NegativeNet GatherControl

Example

See also
PCB Design Objects

Methods

Properties

IPCB_Embedded Interface

Overview
An IPCB_Embedded interface represents an embedded object in a PCB document. An embedded object is not a visible object and cannot be manipulated by normal means in Altium Designer. An embedded object can be used to store information which gets saved in the PCB document file when this file is saved. Each embedded object is identified by its Name property and the Description property can be used to store information.
The IPCB_Embedded hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Embedded

IPCB_Embedded methods GetState_Name GetState_Description SetState_Name SetState_Description

IPCB_Embedded properties Name Description

Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
EmbdObject : IPCB_Embedded;
Begin
// Check if PCB board exists
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then
Begin
ShowWarning('This document is not a PCB document!');
Exit;
End;

// Embedded object created.
EmbdObject := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eEmbeddedObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
EmbdObject.Name := 'Embedded Object Name';
EmbdObject.Description := 'Embedded object can store many chars.';
Board.AddPCBObject(EmbdObject);
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PCB Design Objects
The EmbeddedObjects script in the Examples\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\ folder

Methods

SetState_Name method
(IPCB_Embedded interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Name (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This method sets the name for the embedded object. This method represents the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Embedded interface
SetState_ Description method
(IPCB_Embedded interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Description (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This method sets the description for the embedded object. This method represents the Description property. The Description field can be used to store data.
Example

See also
IPCB_Embedded interface

GetState_Name method

(IPCB_Embedded interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Name : TPCBString;
Description
This method gets the name for the embedded object. This method represents the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Embedded interface

GetState_ Description method

(IPCB_Embedded interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Description : TPCBString;
Description
This method gets the description for the embedded object. This method represents the Description property. The Description field can be used to store data.
Example

See also
IPCB_Embedded interface

Properties

Name property

(IPCB_Embedded interface)
Syntax
Property Name : TPCBString Read GetState_Name Write SetState_Name;
Description
The Name property represents the name identifier of the embedded object. This property is supported by its GetState_Name and SetState_Name methods.
Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
Iterator : IPCB_BoardIterator;
Embd : IPCB_Embedded;
Begin
Iterator := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard.BoardIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eEmbeddedObject));
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet (AllLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Method (eProcessAll);

Embd := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While Embd <> Nil Do
Begin
ShowInfo('Name : ' + Embd.Name + #13#10 +
'Description : ' + Embd.Description);
Embd := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard.BoardIterator_Destroy(Iterator);
End;
See also
IPCB_Embedded interface
TPCBString type
Description property
(IPCB_Embedded interface)
Syntax
Property Description : TPCBString Read GetState_Description Write SetState_Description;
Description
The Description property represents the Description field of the embedded object. This property is supported by its GetState_ Description and SetState_ Description methods.
The Description field can be used to store data that represents this embedded object.
Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
Iterator : IPCB_BoardIterator;
Embd : IPCB_Embedded;
Begin
Iterator := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard.BoardIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eEmbeddedObject));
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet (AllLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Method (eProcessAll);

Embd := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While Embd <> Nil Do
Begin
ShowInfo('Name : ' + Embd.Name + #13#10 +
'Description : ' + Embd.Description);
Embd := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard.BoardIterator_Destroy(Iterator);
End;
See also
IPCB_Embedded interface
TPCBString type

IPCB_EmbeddedBoard Interface

Overview
The IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface represents an embedded board object consisting of multiple child PCBs in a matrix of rows and columns which is an embedded board array feature. Each board array can reference a different pcb file.
Notes
• The IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface is inherited from the IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface.
• The RowSpacing and ColSpacing values determine the gap between items in the matrix of rows and columns.
• The DocumentPath string refers to the referenced PCB file. The corresponding ChildBoard interface represents the child referenced PCB.
• The OriginMode property denotes how the array is referenced from the origin of the embedded board or let the PCB editor build the array based on the bottom left of the objects in the referenced board's workspace.
• The MirrorFlag denotes whether the embedded board is to be flipped over or not.

The IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface hierarchy is as follows;
The IPCB_EmbeddedBoard hierarchy;
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive methods RotateAroundXY IsRedundant SetState_XSizeYSize

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive properties XLocation YLocation X1Location Y1Location X2Location Y2Location Rotation

IPCB_EmbeddedBoard methods GetState_RowCount GetState_ColCount GetState_RowSpacing GetState_ColSpacing GetState_DocumentPath GetState_ChildBoard GetState_Mirror GetState_OriginMode SetState_RowCount SetState_ColCount SetState_RowSpacing SetState_ColSpacing SetState_DocumentPath SetState_Mirror SetState_OriginMode

IPCB_EmbeddedBoard properties RowCount ColCount RowSpacing ColSpacing DocumentPath ChildBoard MirrorFlag OriginMode

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
PCB Design Objects

Methods

GetState_ChildBoard method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ChildBoard : IPCB_Board;
Description
This method retrieves the reference PCB document to be used for the embedded board panellization. This method is used for the ChildBoard property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
GetState_ColCount method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ColCount : Integer;
Description
This method retrieves the number of columns that the board array will have. You can also obtain the RowCount as well to determine the size of the matrix for the board array.
This method is used for the ColCount property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
GetState_ColSpacing method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ColSpacing : TCoord;
Description
This method sets the height of the first board and the gap between two boards. This row spacing and the column spacing values are used to generate an embedded board array.
This method is used by the ColSpacing property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
GetState_DocumentPath method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DocumentPath : TPCBString;
Description
This method obtains the path to the referenced PCB for the board panellization. This method is used by the DocumentPath property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
GetState_Mirror method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Mirror : Boolean;
Description
The MirrorFlag property obtains the mirrored state of the embedded board panel of PCBs. Set true to mirror it, or False to leave the embedded board panel as is.
This method is used by the MirrorFlag property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
GetState_OriginMode method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_OriginMode : TEmbeddedBoardOriginMode;
Description
This method obtains the board array from the origin of the embedded board or from the bottom left of the referenced board's workspace.
From the bottom left is the default value which has the software build the array based on the bottom left of the objects in the referenced board's workspace (which is the child PCB document).
This method is used by the OriginMode property.
Note that the reference point (as a red cross) of the board array is defined by the child PCB document that is used as the base for the board array to place on a PCB document. To change the reference point (origin) of the child board object, click Edit » Origin » Reset / Set menu items to set the origin marker from the PCB menu.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
GetState_RowCount method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_RowCount : Integer;
Description
This method retrieves the number of rows that the board array will have. You can also obtain the RowCount as well to determine the size of the matrix for the board array.
This method is used for the RowCount property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
GetState_RowSpacing method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_RowSpacing : TCoord;
Description
This method obtains the width of the first board and the gap between two boards. This row spacing and the column spacing values are used to generate an embedded board array.
This method is used by the RowSpacing property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
SetState_ColCount method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ColCount (Value : Integer);
Description
This method sets the number of columns that the board array will have. You can also set the RowCount as well to determine the size of the matrix for the board array.
This method is used for the ColCount property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
SetState_ColSpacing method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ColSpacing (Value : TCoord );
Description
This method sets the width of the first board and the gap between two boards. This row spacing and the column spacing values are used to generate an embedded board array.
This method is used by the ColSpacing property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
SetState_DocumentPath method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_DocumentPath (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This method sets the path to the referenced PCB for the board panellization. This method is used by the DocumentPath property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
SetState_Mirror method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Mirror (Value : Boolean);
Description
The MirrorFlag property sets the mirrored state of the embedded board panel of PCBs. Set true to mirror it, or False to leave the embedded board panel as is.
This method is used by the MirrorFlag property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
SetState_OriginMode method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_OriginMode (Value : TEmbeddedBoardOriginMode);
Description
This method sets the board array from the origin of the embedded board or from the bottom left of the referenced board's workspace.
From the bottom left is the default value which has the software build the array based on the bottom left of the objects in the referenced board's workspace (which is the child PCB document).
This method is used by the OriginMode property..
Note that the reference point (as a red cross) of the board array is defined by the child PCB document that is used as the base for the board array to place on a PCB document. To change the reference point (origin) of the child board object, click Edit » Origin » Reset / Set menu items to set the origin marker from the PCB menu.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
SetState_RowCount method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_RowCount (Value : Integer);
Description
This method sets the number of rows that the board array will have. You can also set the ColCount as well to determine the size of the matrix for the board array.
This method is used for the RowCount property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
SetState_RowSpacing method
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_RowSpacing (Value : TCoord );
Description
This method sets the width of the first board and the gap between two boards. This row spacing and the column spacing values are used to generate an embedded board array.
This method is used by the RowSpacing property.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface

Properties

ChildBoard property
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Property ChildBoard : IPCB_Board Read GetState_ChildBoard;
Description
This ChildBoard property represents the reference PCB document to be used for the embedded board panellization.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_ChildBoard method.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
ColCount property
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Property ColCount : Integer Read GetState_ColCount Write SetState_ColCount;
Description
This ColCount property represents the number of columns that the board array will have. You can also define the RowCount property as well to define the size of the matrix for the board array.
This property is represented by the GetState_ColCount and SetState_ColCount methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
ColSpacing property
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Property ColSpacing : TCoord Read GetState_ColSpacing Write SetState_ColSpacing;
Description
The ColSpacing property determines the height of the first board and the gap between two boards. This column spacing and the row spacing values are used to generate an embedded board array.
This property is supported by the GetState_ColSpacing and SetState_ColSpacing methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
DocumentPath property
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Property DocumentPath : TPCBString Read GetState_DocumentPath Write SetState_DocumentPath;
Description
This DocumentPath property represents the path to the referenced PCB for the board panellization. This property is supported by the GetState_DocumentPath and SetState_DocumentPath methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
MirrorFlag property
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Property MirrorFlag : Boolean Read GetState_Mirror Write SetState_Mirror;
Description
The MirrorFlag property represents the mirrored state of the embedded board panel of PCBs. Set true to mirror it, or False to leave the embedded board panel as is.
This property is supported by the GetState_MirrorFlag and SetState_MirrorFlag methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
OriginMode property
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Property OriginMode : TEmbeddedBoardOriginMode Read GetState_OriginMode Write SetState_OriginMode;
Description
This OriginMode property references the board array from the origin of the embedded board or from the bottom left of the referenced board's workspace.
From the bottom left is the default value which has the software build the array based on the bottom left of the objects in the referenced board's workspace (which is the child PCB document).
This OriginMode property is supported by the GetState_OriginMode and SetState_OriginMode methods.
Note that the reference point (as a red cross) of the board array is defined by the child PCB document that is used as the base for the board array to place on a PCB document. To change the reference point (origin) of the child board object, click Edit » Origin » Reset / Set menu items to set the origin marker from the PCB menu.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
TEmbeddedBoardOriginMode type
RowCount property
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Property RowCount : Integer Read GetState_RowCount Write SetState_RowCount;
Description
This RowCount property represents the number of rows that the board array will have. You can also define the ColCount property as well to define the size of the matrix for the board array.
This property is represented by the GetState_RowCount and SetState_RowCount methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface
RowSpacing property
(IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface)
Syntax
Property RowSpacing : TCoord Read GetState_RowSpacing Write SetState_RowSpacing;
Description
The RowSpacing property determines the width of the first board and the gap between two boards. This row spacing and the column spacing values are used to generate an embedded board array.
This property is supported by the GetState_RowSpacing and SetState_RowSpacing methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_EmbeddedBoard interface

IPCB_Fill

Overview
The IPCB_Fill interface represents a PCB fill object on a PCB document. A fill object is a rectangular object and thus is inherited from the IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface.
Notes
The IPCB_Fill interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive
IPCB_Fill

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive methods RotateAroundXY IsRedundant SetState_XSizeYSize

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive properties XLocation YLocation X1Location Y1Location X2Location Y2Location Rotation

IPCB_Fill methods

IPCB_Fill properties

Example
Var
WorkSpace : IWorkSpace;
Board : IPCB_Board;
Fill : IPCB_Fill;
Begin
//Create a new PCB document
WorkSpace := GetWorkSpace;
If WorkSpace = Nil Then Exit;
Workspace.DM_CreateNewDocument('PCB');

Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil then exit;

// Create a Fill object
Fill := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eFillObject, eNoDimension,eCreate_Default);

Fill.X1Location := MilsToCoord(2000);
Fill.Y1Location := MilsToCoord(2000);
Fill.X2Location := MilsToCoord(2500);
Fill.Y2Location := MilsToCoord(2500);
Fill.Layer := eBottomLayer;
Fill.Rotation := 45;

// Add a new Fill into the PCB design database.
Board.AddPCBObject(Fill);

// Refresh the PCB document
ResetParameters;
AddStringParameter('Action', 'All');
RunProcess('PCB:Zoom');
End;
See also
PCB Design Objects
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
Undo script in \ Example s\Scripts\PCB folder.

IPCB_FromTo Interface

Overview
The IPCB_FromTo interface represents a FromTo object on a PCB document, as a node to a node (a pad of a component to a pad of another component for example) and has a NetName property.
The IPCB_FromTo hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_FromTo

IPCB_FromTo methods GetState_FromPad GetState_ToPad GetState_NetName SetState_FromPad SetState_ToPad SetState_NetName GetNet GetFromPad GetToPad GetState_RoutedLength

IPCB_FromTo properties FromPad ToPad NetName

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Pad interface
IPCB_Net interface
PCB Design Objects

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_FromPad method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_FromPad : TPCBString;
Description
A FromTo object has a node to a node (a pin to a pin for example) represented FromPad and ToPad properties.
This method is used for the FromPad property.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
TPCBString
GetState_NetName method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_NetName : TPCBString;
Description
The FromTo object has two nodes, FromPad and ToPad. These Notes have their Net Name properties.
This method gets the net name for the FromTo object and is for the NetName property.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
GetState_ToPad method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ToPad : TPCBString;
Description
A FromTo object has a node to a node (a pin to a pin for example) represented FromPad and ToPad properties.
This method is used for the ToPad property.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
SetState_FromPad method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_FromPad (Value : TPCBString);
Description
A FromTo object has a node to a node (a pin to a pin for example) represented FromPad and ToPad properties.
This method sets the FromPad and is for the FromPad property.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
SetState_NetName method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_NetName (Value : TPCBString);
Description
The FromTo object has two nodes, FromPad and ToPad. These Notes have their Net Name properties.
This method sets the net name for the FromTo object and is for the NetName property.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
SetState_ToPad method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ToPad (Value : TPCBString);
Description
A FromTo object has a node to a node (a pin to a pin for example) represented FromPad and ToPad properties.
This method sets the ToPad and is for the ToPad property.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface

Methods

GetFromPad method

(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Function GetFromPad : IPCB_Pad;
Description
This function returns the pad interface associated with the FromPad of the FromTo object.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
GetNet method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Function GetNet : IPCB_Net;
Description
This function returns the net interface associated with the net of the FromTo object.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
GetToPad method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Function GetToPad : IPCB_Pad;
Description
This function returns the pad interface associated with the ToPad of the FromTo object.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
GetState_RoutedLength method
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_RoutedLength : TCoord;
Description
This function returns the routed length of the FromTo object in TCoord units.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface

Properties

FromPad property
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Property FromPad : TPCBString Read GetState_FromPad Write SetState_FromPad;
Description
The FromTo object has two nodes, FromPad and ToPad. These Notes have their Net Name properties.
This property represents the FromPad node and returns the name of the FromPad property.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
NetName property
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Property NetName : TPCBString Read GetState_NetName Write SetState_NetName;
Description
The FromTo object has two nodes, FromPad and ToPad. These Notes have their Net Name properties.
This property represents the net name of the FromTo object.
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface
ToPad property
(IPCB_FromTo interface)
Syntax
Property ToPad : TPCBString Read GetState_ToPad Write SetState_ToPad;
Description
The FromTo object has two nodes, FromPad and ToPad. These Notes have their Net Name properties.
This property represents the ToPad node and returns the name of the ToPad property..
Example

See also
IPCB_FromTo interface

IPCB_Group

Overview
The IPCB_Group interface is an immediate ancestor for IPCB_Net , IPCB_LibComponent , IPCB_Polygon , IPCB_Coordinate , IPCB_Dimension and its descendant interfaces.
The IPCB_Group interface is a composite object interface which means it can store objects. Thus a group object is an object composed of primitives such as arcs, tracks and fills. For example a polygon consists of child tracks and arcs. A footprint in a PCB library consists of child objects such as arcs, pads and tracks.

The IPCB_Group interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
Notes
To fetch objects of a group object, you employ the Group Iterator with the GroupIterator_Create and GroupIterator_Destroy methods.
To add or remove child objects from a group object, you employ the AddPCBObject or the RemovePCBObject methods.
To fetch the reference coordinates of a group object, the X,Y properties define the reference point.

IPCB_Group methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Net interface
IPCB_LibComponent interface
IPCB_Polygon interface
IPCB_Coordinate interface
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
PCB Design Objects

Methods

AddPCBObject method

(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Procedure AddPCBObject(PCBObject : IPCB_Primitive);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface
FastSetState_XSizeYSize method
(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Function FastSetState_XSizeYSize : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface
FreePrimitives method
(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Procedure FreePrimitives;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group
GetPrimitiveAt method
(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Function GetPrimitiveAt(I : Integer;
ObjectId : TObjectId) : IPCB_Primitive;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface

GetPrimitiveCount method

(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Function GetPrimitiveAt(I : Integer;
ObjectId : TObjectId): IPCB_Primitive;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group
GroupIterator_Create
(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Function GroupIterator_Create : IPCB_GroupIterator;
Description
The GroupIterator_Create method creates a group iterator for the group object, so that the child objects can be searched from within the group object. This group iterator searches for child objects of a group object, such as a component, footprint, polygon, dimension, board layout and so on.
Example
Var
Track : IPCB_Primitive;
TrackIteratorHandle : IPCB_GroupIterator;
Component : IPCB_Component;
ComponentIteratorHandle : IPCB_BoardIterator;
TrackCount : Integer;
ComponentCount : Integer;
Begin
TrackCount := 0;
ComponentCount := 0;
If PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard = Nil Then Exit;

ComponentIteratorHandle := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard.BoardIterator_Create;
ComponentIteratorHandle.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eComponentObject));
ComponentIteratorHandle.AddFilter_LayerSet(AllLayers);
ComponentIteratorHandle.AddFilter_Method(eProcessAll);
Component := ComponentIteratorHandle.FirstPCBObject;

While (Component <> Nil) Do
Begin
TrackIteratorHandle := Component.GroupIterator_Create;
TrackIteratorHandle.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eTrackObject));
TrackIteratorHandle.AddFilter_LayerSet(MkSet(eTopOverlay));
Track := TrackIteratorHandle.FirstPCBObject;
While (Track <> Nil) Do
Begin
Inc(TrackCount);
Track := TrackIteratorHandle.NextPCBObject;
End;
ShowInfo('This component ' + Component.SourceDesignator + ' has ' + IntToStr(TrackCount) + ' tracks.');
TrackCount := 0;
Component.GroupIterator_Destroy(TrackIteratorHandle);
Component := ComponentIteratorHandle.NextPCBObject;
Inc(ComponentCount);
If (ComponentCount > 5) Then Break;
End;
PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard.BoardIterator_Destroy(ComponentIteratorHandle);
End;
See also
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
GroupIterator_Destroy
(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Procedure GroupIterator_Destroy(Var AIterator : IPCB_GroupIterator);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
RemovePCBObject method
(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Procedure RemovePCBObject(PCBObject : IPCB_Primitive);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface
SetState_LayersUsedArray method
(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_LayersUsedArray;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface

SetState_XSizeYSize method

(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Function SetState_XSizeYSize : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface

Properties

LayerIsUsed property

(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Property LayerUsed TLayer : Boolean Read GetState_LayerUsed Write SetState_LayerUsed;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Group
PrimitiveLock property
(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Property PrimitiveLock : Boolean Read GetState_PrimitiveLock Write SetState_PrimitiveLock;
Description
The PrimitiveLock property denotes whether the primitives of the group object can be edited individually or not. Normally all the child objects or primitives of a group can only be accessed as a group object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Group

X property

(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Property X : TCoord Read GetState_XLocation Write SetState_XLocation;
Description
The X property defines the reference point of the group object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface

Y property

(IPCB_Group interface)
Syntax
Property Y : TCoord Read GetState_YLocation Write SetState_YLocation;
Description
The Y property defines the reference point of the group object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_LettersCache Interface
Overview

IPCB_LettersCache methods I_ObjectAddress PlotText

IPCB_LettersCache properties

Example
Var
See also
PCB Design Objects

Methods

I_ObjectAddress method
(IPCB_LettersCache interface)
Syntax
Function I_ObjectAddress : TPCBObjectHandle;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_LettersCache interface
PlotText method
(IPCB_LettersCache interface)
Syntax
Procedure PlotText(ATextHandle : TPCBObjectHandle;
PlotProc : TPlotPolygonProc;
Const ADisplayText : TPCBString);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_LettersCache interface

IPCB_LibComponent Interface

Overview
The IPCB_LibComponent object represents the current footprint in a PCB library document. The footprints of a PCB library is equivalent to "pages" of a library.
The library document is represented by two interfaces - the current footprint and the IPCB_Library document.
The IPCB_LibraryIterator object interface iterates through a loaded PCB library in Altium Designer to fetch PCB footprints which are represented by the IPCB_LibComponent interfaces. The IPCB_LibraryIterator interface is used in the IPCB_Library interface - LibraryIterator_Create and LibraryIterator_Destory methods.
Notes
A library is represented by the IPCB_Library interface.
A PCB footprint (as a page of the library) is represented by its IPCB_LibComponent interface which is inherited from the IPCB_Group object interface.
A PCB footprint is composed of child objects such as pads and tracks. Therefore the footprint has its own IPCB_GroupIterator to fetch its own child objects.
DelphiScript doesnt support sets, therefore to pass in a set of layers or a set of objects, you need to use the MkSet function to create a pseudo set of objects or layers for the AddFilter_ObjectSet or AddFilterLayerSet methods. For example LibraryIterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet( MkSet (eTrackObject,eFillObject));

The IPCB_LibComponent interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_LibComponent

IPCB_Group methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

IPCB_LibComponent methods GetState_Pattern GetState_Height GetState_Description SetState_Pattern SetState_Height SetState_Description

IPCB_LibComponent properties Name Height Description

DelphiScript Example
Procedure ReportFootprintInfo;
Var
CurrentLib : IPCB_Library;
FootprintIterator : IPCB_LibraryIterator;
Footprint : IPCB_LibComponent;
FootprintList : TStringList;
ReportDocument : IServerDocument;
Filename : TString;
S : TString;
I : Integer;
Begin
CurrentLib := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBLibrary;
If CurrentLib = Nil Then Exit;

Filename := ExtractFilePath(CurrentLib.Board.FileName)
+ 'PCBLib_Report.csv';
S := '';
FootprintList := TStringList.Create;

FootprintIterator := CurrentLib.LibraryIterator_Create;
FootprintIterator.SetState_FilterAll;
Try
Footprint := FootprintIterator.FirstPCBObject;
While Footprint <> Nil Do
Begin
// Determine which units are in use. at the mo it is the other way around!!!
If CurrentLib.Board.DisplayUnit = eMetric Then
S := footprint.name
+ ','
+ FloatToStr(CoordToMils(Footprint.Height))
+ ','
+ Footprint.Description
Else
S := footprint.name
+ ','
+ FloatToStr(CoordToMMs(Footprint.Height))
+ ','
+ Footprint.Description;

FootprintList.Add(S);
Footprint := FootprintIterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Finally
CurrentLib.LibraryIterator_Destroy(FootprintIterator);
FootprintList.SaveToFile(FileName);
FootprintList.Free;
End;

//Display and save report.
ReportDocument := Client.OpenDocument('Text', FileName);
If ReportDocument <> Nil Then
Client.ShowDocument(ReportDocument);
End;
See also
PCB Design Objects
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
LibraryIterator example from * *Example *s\Scripts\DelphiScript\PCB* folder.

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_Description method

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Description : TPCBString;
Description
The Description property denotes the footprint's description. This method is used for the Description property.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

GetState_Height method

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Height : TCoord;
Description
The Height property denotes the footprint's height. This method is used by the Height property.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

GetState_Pattern method

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Pattern : TPCBString;
Description
The Name property denotes the pattern name of the footprint. This pattern method is used by the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

SetState_ Description method

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Description (Value : TPCBString);
Description
The Description property denotes the footprint's description. This method is used for the Description property.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

SetState_Height method

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Height (Value : TCoord);
Description
The Height property denotes the footprint's height. This method is used by the Height property.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

SetState_Pattern method

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Pattern (Value : TPCBString);
Description
The Name property denotes the pattern name of the footprint. This pattern method is used by the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

Properties

Description property

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Property Description : TPCBString Read getState_Description Write SetState_Description;
Description
The Description property denotes the footprint's description. This Description property is supported by the GetState_ Description and SetState_ Description methods.
Note, the IPCB_LibComponent interface represents the current footprint in the PCB Library editor workspace.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

Height property

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Property Height : TCoord Read GetState_Height Write SetState_Height;
Description
The Height property denotes the footprint's height. This Height property is supported by the GetState_Height and SetState_Height methods.
Note, the IPCB_LibComponent interface represents the current footprint in the PCB Library editor workspace.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

Name property

(IPCB_LibComponent interface)
Syntax
Property Name : TPCBString Read GetState_Pattern Write SetState_Pattern;
Description
The Name property denotes the pattern name of the footprint. This Name property is supported by the GetState_Pattern and SetState_Pattern methods.
Note, the IPCB_LibComponent interface represents the current footprint in the PCB Library editor workspace.
Example

See also
IPCB_LibComponent interface

IPCB_Net Interface

Overview
A net object can store net information from a PCB document. The net object contains information about the components used in the design, and the connectivity created in the design, stored in the form of nets. A net object is a list of pin to pin connections that are electrically connected in the design. The arrangement of the pin to pin connections is called the net topology.
The net objects are system generated objects, which means, you can retrieve the net names of PCB objects that have a net property on a PCB document.
By default the PCB editor arranges the pin to pin connections of each net to give the shortest overall connection length. To have control of the arrangement of the pin to pin connections in a net, the PCB editor allows the user to define a set of From-Tos.

The IPCB_Net interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Net
Notes
The ConnectsVisible property denotes the visibility of a net. If True, connections are visible.
IPCB_Group table

IPCB_Group methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

IPCB_Net table

IPCB_Net methods GetState_Color GetState_Name GetState_ConnectsVisible GetState_ConnectivelyInvalid GetState_RoutedLength GetState_ViaCount GetState_PinCount Getstate_PadByName Getstate_PadByPinDescription GetState_IsHighlighted GetState_LoopRemoval GetState_DifferentialPair GetState_InDifferentialPair GetState_LiveHighlightMode SetState_Color SetState_Name SetState_ConnectsVisible SetState_IsHighlighted SetState LoopRemoval SetState_DifferentialPair SetState_LiveHighlightMode Rebuild HideNetConnects ShowNetConnects ConnectivelyInValidate;Procedure CancelGroupWarehouseRegistration CancelGroupWarehouseRegistration RegisterWithGroupWarehouse GetLogicalNet SubnetIndices_Set SubnetIndices_Reset

IPCB_Net properties Color Name ConnectsVisible ConnectivelyInvalid RoutedLength ViaCount PinCount PadByName PadByPinDescription IsHighlighted LoopRemoval DifferentialPair InDifferentialPair LiveHighlightMode

Example
Procedure IterateNetObjects;
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
Net : IPCB_Net;
Iterator : IPCB_BoardIterator;
LS : TPCBString;
Begin
// Retrieve the current board
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then Exit;
// Create the iterator that will look for Net objects only
Iterator := Board.BoardIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eNetObject));
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet(AllLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Method(eProcessAll);
// Search for Net objects and get their Net Name values
LS := '';
Net := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While (Net <> Nil) Do
Begin
LS := LS + Net.Name + ', ';
Net := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Board.BoardIterator_Destroy(Iterator);
// Display the Net Names on a dialog.
ShowInfo('Nets = ' + LS);
End;
See also
PCB Design Objects
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
IterateNets example from the * *Example *s\Scripts\DelphiScript\PCB* folder.
NetObjectAssign example from the * *Example *s\Scripts\DelphiScript\PCB* folder.

GetState and SetState methods

GetState_Color method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Color : TColor;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
GetState_ConnectivelyInvalid method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ConnectivelyInvalid : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
GetState_ConnectsVisible method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ConnectsVisible : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
GetState_IsHighlighted method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsHighlighted : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

GetState_Name method

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Name : TPCBString;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

Getstate_PadByName method

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function Getstate_PadByName (PadName : TPCBString) : IPCB_Primitive;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
Getstate_PadByPin Description method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function Getstate_PadByPinDescription (PinDes : TPCBString) : IPCB_Primitive;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
GetState_PinCount method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PinCount : Integer;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

GetState_RoutedLength method

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_RoutedLength : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
GetState_ViaCount method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ViaCount : Integer;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
SetState_Color method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Color (Color : TColor);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
SetState_ConnectsVisible method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ConnectsVisible (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
SetState_IsHighlighted method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsHighlighted (Dummy : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

SetState_Name method

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Name (Name : TPCBString);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

Methods

CancelGroupWarehouseRegistration method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure CancelGroupWarehouseRegistration (iPad : IPCB_Pad);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
ConnectivelyInValidate method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure ConnectivelyInValidate;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
GetLogicalNet method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Function GetLogicalNet : IPCB_Group;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
HideNetConnects method
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure HideNetConnects;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

Rebuild method

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure Rebuild;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

ShowNetConnects method

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure ShowNetConnects;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

RegisterWithGroupWarehouse method

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Procedure RegisterWithGroupWarehouse (iPad : IPCB_Pad);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

Properties

Color property

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property Color : TColor Read GetState_Color Write SetState_Color;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
ConnectivelyInvalid property
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property ConnectivelyInvalid : Boolean Read GetState_ConnectivelyInvalid;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
ConnectsVisible property
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property ConnectsVisible : Boolean Read GetState_ConnectsVisible Write SetState_ConnectsVisible;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
IsHighlighted property
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property IsHighlighted : Boolean Read GetState_IsHighlighted Write SetState_IsHighlighted;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

Name property

(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property Name : TPCBString Read GetState_Name Write SetState_Name;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
PadByName [N property
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property PadByName TPCBString : IPCB_Primitive Read Getstate_PadByName;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
PadByPin Description [N property
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property PadByPinDescription TPCBString : IPCB_Primitive Read Getstate_PadByPinDescription;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
PinCount property
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property PinCount : Integer Read GetState_PinCount;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
RoutedLength property
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property RoutedLength : TCoord Read GetState_RoutedLength;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface
ViaCount property
(IPCB_Net interface)
Syntax
Property ViaCount : Integer Read GetState_ViaCount;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Net interface

IPCB_ObjectClass Interface

Overview
A class is defined as a group or set of objects, identified by its unique class name. The PCB editor in the Altium Designer supports Net Classes, Component Classes and From-To Classes.
An object can belong to more than one class. You can create classes (or groups) of objects. Classes of Components, Nets and From-Tos can be created, and multiple membership is permitted. Classes are used to quickly identify a group of objects. For example, you could create a class of components called Surface Mount.
When you set up a paste mask expansion rule for the surface mount components, you simply set the rule scope to Component Class and select the Surface Mount class. Or you may have a set of nets, such as the power nets, which have different clearance requirements from the signal nets. You can create a Net Class which includes all these nets, and then use the Net Class scope when you define the clearance design rule for these nets.
Notes
An ObjectClass object can be created from the PCBClassFactoryByClassMember or PCBObjectFactory methods from the IPCB_ServerInterface interface.
The IPCB_ObjectClass hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_ObjectClass

IPCB_ObjectClass methods GetState_MemberKind GetState_Name GetState_SuperClass GetState_MemberName SetState_MemberKind SetState_Name SetState_SuperClass AddMemberByName AddMember RemoveMember RemoveAllMembers IsMember IsLayerMember AddLayerMember RemoveLayerMember IsValidObjectKind

IPCB_ObjectClass properties MemberKind Name SuperClass MemberName [I

Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
NetClass : IPCB_ObjectClass;
Begin
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then Exit;
PCBServer.PreProcess;
NetClass := PCBServer.PCBClassFactoryByClassMember(eClassMemberKind_Net);
NetClass.SuperClass := False;
NetClass.Name := 'NetGndClass';
NetClass.AddMemberByName('GND');
Board.AddPCBObject(NetClass);
PCBServer.PostProcess;
End;
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_ServerInterface interface
TClassMemberKind enumerated values
PCB Design Objects
Object Class Reporter script from \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\Object Class Report
UnrouteNetClass script from \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\UnRoute Net Class\ folder.
CreateNetClass script from \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\ folder.
ComponentClassInfo script from \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\

GetState and SetState Methods

SetState_SuperClass method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SuperClass (Value : Boolean);
Description
The SuperClass property denotes whether or not the interface contains all members of a particular kind. If this field is set to true, the members of the IPCB_ObjectClass object cannot be edited.
This Setter method is used by the SuperClass property, Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface

SetState_Name method

(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Name (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This property denotes the name of this Object Class object for the PCB document. This setter method is used by the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
SetState_MemberKind method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MemberKind (Value : TClassMemberKind);
Description
This property denotes which particular objects can be stored in the list. This setter method is used by the MemberKind property.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
GetState_SuperClass method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SuperClass : Boolean;
Description
The SuperClass property denotes whether or not the interface contains all members of a particular kind. If this field is set to true, the members of the IPCB_ObjectClass object cannot be edited and contains all the names of the objects of the particular kind.
This Getter method is used by the SuperClass property.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
TClassMemberKind enumerated values

GetState_Name method

(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Name : TPCBString;
Description
This property denotes the name of this Object Class object for the PCB document. This getter method is used by the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
GetState_MemberName method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MemberName (I : Integer) : TPCBString;
Description
This property denotes the member name from the list of members in the IPCB_Object class interface. This getter method is used by the MemberName property.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
GetState_MemberKind method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MemberKind : TClassMemberKind;
Description
This method denotes which particular objects can be stored in the list. This getstate_MemberKind method is used by the MemberKind property.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
TClassMemberKind type

Methods

AddLayerMember method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure AddLayerMember (L : TLayer);
Description
This AddLayerMember method adds a layer to the object class of eClassMemberKind_Layer type.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
AddMember method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure AddMember (P : IPCB_Primitive);
Description
The AddMember method adds a primitive that belongs to the same member kind in the Object Class.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
AddMemberByName method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure AddMemberByName (AName : TPCBString);
Description
This AddMemberByName adds a member by its name of the member kind in the object class.
Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
NetClass : IPCB_ObjectClass;
Begin
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then Exit;
PCBServer.PreProcess;
NetClass := PCBServer.PCBClassFactoryByClassMember(eClassMemberKind_Net);
NetClass.SuperClass := False;
NetClass.Name := 'NetGndClass';
NetClass.AddMemberByName('GND');
Board.AddPCBObject(NetClass);
PCBServer.PostProcess;
End;
See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
TClassMemberKind enumerated values
IsLayerMember method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Function IsLayerMember (L : TLayer) : Boolean;
Description
This function checks if this layer is part of the Object Class that is hosting layer classes only (of eClassMemberKind_Layer type).
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
TClassMemberKind enumerated values
IsMember method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Function IsMember (S : TPCBString) : Boolean;
Description
This function checks if the member (by name) is part of the Object Class.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
IsValidObjectKind method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Function IsValidObjectKind (P : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Description
This function checks if the PCB design object is a valid object kind for this object class.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
RemoveAllMembers method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure RemoveAllMembers;
Description
This method removes all the members for this object class.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
RemoveLayerMember method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure RemoveLayerMember (L : TLayer);
Description
This method removes the specified layer from the Object Class that hosts the layer classes only.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
RemoveMember method
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Procedure RemoveMember (P : IPCB_Primitive);
Description
This method removes the specified PCB design object from the list of members in this Object class.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface

Properties

MemberKind property
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Property MemberKind : TClassMemberKind Read GetState_MemberKind Write SetState_MemberKind;
Description
This property denotes which particular objects can be stored in the list.
This property is supported by the GetState_MemberKind and SetState_MemberKind methods.
Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
NetClass : IPCB_ObjectClass;
Begin
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then Exit;
PCBServer.PreProcess;
NetClass := PCBServer.PCBClassFactoryByClassMember(eClassMemberKind_Net);
NetClass.SuperClass := False;
NetClass.Name := 'NetGndClass';
NetClass.AddMemberByName('GND');
Board.AddPCBObject(NetClass);
PCBServer.PostProcess;
End;
See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
TClassMemberKind type
MemberName property
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Property MemberName Integer : TPCBString Read GetState_MemberName;
Description
This property denotes the member name from the list of members in the IPCB_Object class interface. This read only property is supported by the GetState_MemberName method.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface

Name property

(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Property Name : TPCBString Read GetState_Name Write SetState_Name;
Description
This property denotes the name of this Object Class object for the PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Name and SetState_Name methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_ObjectClass interface
SuperClass property
(IPCB_ObjectClass interface)
Syntax
Property SuperClass : Boolean Read GetState_SuperClass Write SetState_SuperClass;
Description
The SuperClass property denotes whether or not the interface contains all members of a particular kind. If this field is set to true, the members of the IPCB_ObjectClass object cannot be edited.
By default, a super class contains all members of the same member kind - for example, if layer kind is selected, then all layers is included for this Object Class.
This property is supported by the GetState_SuperClass and SetState_SuperClass methods.
Code Snippet Example
// AObjectClass is a IPCB_ObjectClass interface type
If AObjectClass.SuperClass Then
Begin
// is a super class!
Case AObjectClass.MemberKind Of
eClassMemberKind_Net : ARpt.Add('All Nets');
eClassMemberKind_Component : ARpt.Add('All Components');
eClassMemberKind_FromTo : ARpt.Add('All FromTos');
eClassMemberKind_Pad : ARpt.Add('All Pads');
eClassMemberKind_Layer : ARpt.Add('All Layers');
End;
End;
See also

IPCB_ObjectClass interface
TClassMemberKind type

IPCB_Pad Interface

Overview
Pad objects are hole connectors for components and for connection to signal tracks. Pads can be either multilayered or single layered. Pad shapes include circular, rectangular, rounded rectangular or octagonal with X, Y sizes definable from 1 to 10000mils.
Hole size can range from 0 (SMD) to 1000mils.
Pads can be identified with a designator up to four characters long. On a multilayer pad, the Top layer, Mid layer and Bottom layer pad shape and size can be independently assigned to define a pad stack. Note that the surface mount components and edge connectors have single layer pads on the Top and/or Bottom layers.
Altium Designer supports a Full Stack Pad mode for ultimate control over the padstack. This allows different sizes and shapes on all signal layers. Also pads and vias can be selectively tented on the top or bottom side. Altium Designer also supports three types of pad definitions: Simple, Top-Mid-Bottom and Full Stack.
Notes
The Corner radius attribute of rounded pads is represented by the IPCB_Pad2 interface.
A Paste Mask expansion property for a pad object is currently relevant just for pads on top and bottom copper layers.
Vias do not have a paste mask layer. Paste mask layers are used to design stencils which will selectively place solder paste on a blank PCB. Solder paste is only placed on pads where component leads are to be soldered to them. Vias normally don't have anything soldered onto them.
The IPCB_Pad interface hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Pad
IPCB_Pad2

IPCB_Pad methods GetState_XLocation GetState_YLocation SetState_XLocation SetState_YLocation GetState_PinDescriptorString GetState_IsConnectedToPlane SetState_IsConnectedToPlane GetState_Mode SetState_Mode GetState_XSizeOnLayer GetState_YSizeOnLayer GetState_ShapeOnLayer GetState_XStackSizeOnLayer GetState_YStackSizeOnLayer GetState_StackShapeOnLayer GetState_TopXSize GetState_TopYSize GetState_TopShape GetState_BotXSize GetState_BotYSize GetState_BotShape GetState_MidXSize GetState_MidYSize GetState_MidShape GetState_SwapID_Pad GetState_SwapID_Gate GetState_SwappedPadName GetState_GateID GetState_OwnerPart_ID SetState_BotShape SetState_BotXSize SetState_BotYSize SetState_MidShape SetState_MidXSize SetState_MidYSize SetState_TopShape SetState_TopXSize SetState_TopYSize SetState_XStackSizeOnLayer SetState_YStackSizeOnLayer SetState_StackShapeOnLayer SetState_SwapID_Pad SetState_SwapID_Gate SetState_SwappedPadName SetState_OwnerPart_ID GetState_HoleSize SetState_HoleSize GetState_Rotation SetState_Rotation GetState_Name SetState_Name GetState_WidthOnLayer GetState_Cache SetState_Cache GetState_Plated GetState_DrillType GetState_HoleType GetState_HoleWidth GetState_XPadOffsetOnLayer GetState_YPadOffsetOnLayer GetState_HoleRotation SetState_DrillType SetState_HoleType SetState_HoleWidth SetState_XPadOffsetOnLayer SetState_YPadOffsetOnLayer SetState_HoleRotation BoundingRectangleOnLayer RotateAroundXY IsPadStack IsSurfaceMount PlaneConnectionStyleForLayer InvalidateSizeShape ValidateSizeShape ReValidateSizeShape UpdateCache InvalidateCache

IPCB_Pad properties X Y PinDescriptor IsConnectedToPlane Mode XSizeOnLayer YSizeOnLayer ShapeOnLayer XStackSizeOnLayer YStackSizeOnLayer StackShapeOnLayer TopXSize TopYSize MidXSize MidYSize BotXSize BotYSize TopShape MidShape BotShape HoleSize Rotation Name Width SwapID_Pad SwapID_Gate SwappedPadName Cache WidthOnLayer OwnerPart_ID Plated DrillType HoleType HoleWidth XPadOffset YPadOffset HoleRotation

Example
This example creates a new pad object and its associated new pad cache and places it on the current PCB document.
Procedure PlaceAPCBPad;
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
WorkSpace : IWorkSpace;

Pad : IPCB_Pad;
Padcache : TPadCache;
TopLayerWidth : TCoord;
Begin
//Create a new PCB document
WorkSpace := GetWorkSpace;
If WorkSpace = Nil Then Exit;
Workspace.DM_CreateNewDocument('PCB');

If PCBServer = Nil Then Exit;
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil then exit;

// Create a Pad object
Pad := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(ePadObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
Pad.SetState_XLocation := MilsToCoord(3000);
Pad.SetState_YLocation := MilsToCoord(3000);

// Setup a pad cache which has common values
Padcache := Pad.GetState_Cache;
Padcache.ReliefAirGap := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PowerPlaneReliefExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PowerPlaneClearance := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.ReliefConductorWidth := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.SolderMaskExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.SolderMaskExpansionValid := eCacheManual;
Padcache.PasteMaskExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PasteMaskExpansionValid := eCacheManual;

// Assign a new pad cache to the pad
Pad.SetState_Cache := Padcache;
TopLayerWidth := Pad.GetState_WidthOnLayer(eBottomLayer);
Board.AddPCBObject(Pad);

// Refresh PCB document
ResetParameters;
AddStringParameter('Action', 'All');
RunProcess('PCB:Zoom');
End;
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Via interface
TPadName value
TPadCache value
TPadSwapName value
TShape enumerated values
TAngle value
PCB Design Objects
Script examples in \ Example s\Scripts\DelphiScript\PCB\ folder

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_DrillType method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DrillType : TExtendedDrillType;
Description
This function obtains the drill type used for this pad's hole on the PCB.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_HoleType method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_HoleType : TExtendedHoleType;
Description
This function obtains the hole type of the pad's hole.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_HoleWidth method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_HoleWidth : TCoord;
Description
This function obtains the hole width in TCoord units.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_XPadOffsetOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_XPadOffsetOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This function is not implemented.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_Y PadOffsetOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_YPadOffsetOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This function is not implemented.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_DrillType method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_DrillType (DrillType : TExtendedDrillType);
Description
This procedure sets the drill type used to drill a hole on the PCB. This attribute is used by the manufacturing output file such as the CAM files.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TExtendedDrillType type.
SetState_HoleType method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_HoleType (HoleType : TExtendedHoleType);
Description
This procedure sets the hole type of the pad's hole. There are three hole types - Round Hole, Square Hole and Slotted Hole.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TExtendedHoleType type.
SetState_HoleWidth method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_HoleWidth (HoleWidth : TCoord);
Description
This function sets the hole width of a pad's hole on the PCB.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_XPadOffsetOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_XPadOffsetOnLayer(L : TLayer;
XOffset : TCoord);
Description
This function is not implemented.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_Y PadOffsetOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_YPadOffsetOnLayer(L : TLayer;
YOffset : TCoord);
Description
This function is not implemented.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_HoleRotation method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_HoleRotation (HRotation : TAngle);
Description
This function sets the rotation property of a pad's hole.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TAngle type
SetState_YStackSizeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_YStackSizeOnLayer (L : TLayer;Value : TCoord);
Description
This YStackSizeOnLayer procedure determines the size of the pad in Y direction on the specified layer only if the pad has an external stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack type).
This method is used for the YStackSizeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_YLocation method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_YLocation (AY : TCoord);
Description
The SetState_XLocation and SetState_YLocation methods set the location of the pad with respect to the PCB document it is on.
These methods are used for the X and Y properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_XStackSizeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_XStackSizeOnLayer (L : TLayer;Value : TCoord);
Description
This XStackSizeOnLayer procedure determines the size of the pad in X direction on the specified layer only if the pad has an external stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack type).
This method is used for the XStackSizeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_XLocation method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_XLocation (AX : TCoord);
Description
The SetState_XLocation and SetState_YLocation methods set the location of the pad with respect to the PCB document it is on.
These methods are used for the X and Y properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_TopYSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_TopYSize (Value : TCoord);
Description
This procedure determines the top size in U direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the TopYSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_TopXSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_TopXSize (Value : TCoord);
Description
This procedure determines the top size in X direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the TopXSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_TopShape method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_TopShape (Value : TShape);
Description
This procedure determines the top shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the TopShape property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type
SetState_SwappedPadName method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SwappedPadName (Value : TPCBString);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type

SetState_SwapID_Pad method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SwapID_Pad (Value : TPCBString);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type

SetState_SwapID_Gate method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_SwapID_Gate (Value : TPCBString);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type

SetState_StackShapeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_StackShapeOnLayer (L : TLayer;Value : TShape);
Description
This procedure determines what shape the pad stack is on that layer. This method is used by the StackShapeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface

SetState_Rotation method

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Rotation (Value : TAngle);
Description
This method sets the rotation of the pad object in degrees (of TAngle type 0 -360 degrees). This method is used for the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface

SetState_Name method

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Name (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This method sets the name which is the designator of this pad object. This method is used for the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type

SetState_Mode method

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Mode (Mode : TPadMode);
Description
The Mode property determines what type of pad it is - a simple pad, a pad with three Top, Middle and Bottom layer stack up or a pad with a complex stack up.

If Mode is Simple (ePadMode_Simple) then you only deal with X,Y locations and the TopXSize, TopYSize and TopShape properties.
If Mode is Top-Mid-Bottom stack (ePadMode_LocalStack) then you deal with X,Y Locations, Top.., Mid.. and Bot.. properties.
If Mode is Full Stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack) then you deal with XStackSizeOnLayer, YStackSizeOnLayer and StackShapeOnLayer properties.
The method is used by the Mode property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_MidYSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MidYSize (Value : TCoord);
Description
This procedure determines the middle size in Y direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the MidYSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_MidXSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MidXSize (Value : TCoord);
Description
This procedure determines the middle size in X direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the MidXSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_MidShape method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MidShape (Value : TShape);
Description
This procedure determines the middle shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the MidShape property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type

SetState_IsConnectedToPlane method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsConnectedToPlane (Layer : TLayer;Value : Boolean);
Description
This method sets a boolean value to connect the pad to the specified plane (one of the power internal planes) or not.
This method is used by the IsConnectedToPlane property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_HoleSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_HoleSize (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the hole size of a pad object where component pins or wires can be passed through and soldered in place.
This method is used by the HoleSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_GateID method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_GateID (Value : Integer);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_Cache method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Cache (Value : TPadCache);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_BotYSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_BotYSize (Value : TCoord);
Description
This procedure determines the bottom size in the Y direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the BotYSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_BotXSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_BotXSize (Value : TCoord);
Description
This procedure determines the bottom size in the X direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the BotXSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_BotShape method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_BotShape (Value : TShape);
Description
This procedure determines the bottom shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the BotShape property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type
GetState_YStackSizeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_YStackSizeOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This YStackSizeOnLayer function determines the size of the pad in Y direction on the specified layer only if the pad has an external stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack type).
This method is used for the YStackSizeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_YSizeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_YSizeOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This function determines what size in Y direction the pad is on this specified layer. This method is used for the YSizeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_YLocation method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_YLocation : TCoord;
Description
The GetState_XLocation and GetState_YLocation methods retrieves the location of the pad with respect to the PCB document it is on.
These methods are used for the X and Y properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_XStackSizeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_XStackSizeOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This XStackSizeOnLayer function determines the size of the pad in X direction on the specified layer only if the pad has an external stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack type).
This method is used for the XStackSizeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_XSizeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_XSizeOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This function determines what size in X direction the pad is on this specified layer. This method is used for the XSizeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_XLocation method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_XLocation : TCoord;
Description
The GetState_XLocation and GetState_YLocation methods retrieves the location of the pad with respect to the PCB document it is on.
These methods are used for the X and Y properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_WidthOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_WidthOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This WidthOnLayer function retrieves the width of the pad on the specified layer. This property is used by the WidthOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_TopYSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_TopYSize : TCoord;
Description
This function determines the top size in Y direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the TopYSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_TopXSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_TopXSize : TCoord;
Description
This function determines the top size in X direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the TopXSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_TopShape method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_TopShape : TShape;
Description
This function determines the top shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the TopShape property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type

GetState_SwappedPadName method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SwappedPadName : TPCBString;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type
GetState_SwapID_Pad method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SwapID_Pad : TPCBString;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type
GetState_SwapID_Gate method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SwapID_Gate : TPCBString;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type
GetState_StackShapeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StackShapeOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TShape;
Description
This function determines what shape the pad stack is on that layer. This method is used by the StackShapeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type
GetState_ShapeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ShapeOnLayer (L : TLayer) : TShape;
Description
This property determines what shape the pad stack is on that layer. This method is used by the ShapeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type

GetState_Rotation method

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Rotation : TAngle;
Description
This method retrieves the rotation of the pad object in degrees (of TAngle type 0 -360 degrees).
This method is used for the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_PinDescriptorString method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PinDescriptorString : TPCBString;
Description
This function obtains the description of the pin which represents the pad of a component. This method is used by the PinDescriptorString property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type

GetState_Name method

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Name : TPCBString;
Description
This method retrieves the name which is the designator of this pad object.
This method is used for the Name property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type

GetState_Mode method

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Mode : TPadMode;
Description
The Mode function determines what type of pad it is - a simple pad, a pad with three Top, Middle and Bottom layer stack up or a pad with a complex stack up.

If Mode is Simple (ePadMode_Simple) then you only deal with X,Y locations and the TopXSize, TopYSize and TopShape properties.
If Mode is Top-Mid-Bottom stack (ePadMode_LocalStack) then you deal with X,Y Locations, Top.., Mid.. and Bot.. properties.
If Mode is Full Stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack) then you deal with XStackSizeOnLayer, YStackSizeOnLayer and StackShapeOnLayer properties.
The method is used by the Mode property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_MidYSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MidYSize : TCoord;
Description
This function determines the middle size in Y direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used by the MidYSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_MidXSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MidXSize : TCoord;
Description
This function determines the middle size in X direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the MidXSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_MidShape method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MidShape : TShape;
Description
This function determines the middle shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the MidShape property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type

GetState_IsConnectedToPlane method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsConnectedToPlane (Layer : TLayer) : Boolean;
Description
This method retrieves a boolean value whether the pad is connected to the specified plane (one of the power internal planes) or not.
This method is used by the IsConnectedToPlane property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_HoleSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_HoleSize : TCoord;
Description
This method retrieves the hole size of a pad object where component pins or wires can be passed through and soldered in place.
This method is used by the HoleSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_GateID method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_GateID : Integer;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_Cache method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Cache : TPadCache;
Description
This method retrieves the global cache that stores various design rule settings for pad and via objects.
This method is used for the Cache property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_BotYSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_BotYSize : TCoord;
Description
This function determines the bottom size in Y direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the BotYSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_BotXSize method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_BotXSize : TCoord;
Description
This function determines the bottom size in X direction of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the BotXSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
GetState_BotShape method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_BotShape : TShape;
Description
This function determines the bottom shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This method is used for the BotShape property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type

GetState_Plated method
(IPCB_PCB interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Plated : Boolean;
Description
This method determines whether the pad is plated or not. This method is used for the Plated property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
SetState_Plated method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Plated (Value : Boolean);
Description
This method determines whether the pad is plated or not. This method is used for the Plated property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface

Methods

BoundingRectangleOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function BoundingRectangleOnLayer (ALayer : TLayer) : TCoordRect;
Description
This function retrieves the bounding rectangle (of TCoordRect type) of the component on the specified layer of the PCB document.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
IsPadStack method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function IsPadStack : Boolean;
Description
This function determines whether the pad is a full stack up pad or not. Use this function before you change the properties of a pad stack. You can also use the Mode property to check what type of stack up the pad is.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPadMode property
IsSurfaceMount method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function IsSurfaceMount : Boolean;
Description
The pad is a surface mount if the holesize is 0 in size and is on top and/or bottom layers only.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
PlaneConnectionStyleForLayer method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Function PlaneConnectionStyleForLayer(ALayer : TLayer) : TPlaneConnectionStyle;
Description
Pads automatically connect to an internal power plane layer that is assigned the same net name. The pad will connect to the plane depending on the applicable Power Plane Connect Style design rule. If you do not want pads to connect to power planes, add another Power Plane Connect Style design rule targeting the specific pads required and with a connection style of No Connect.
The Connect Style defines the style of the connection from a pin of a component, targeted by the scope (Full Query) of the rule, to a power plane.
The following three styles as per the TPlaneConnectionStyle type are available:
ePlaneNoConnect - do not connect a component pin to the power plane.
ePlaneReliefConnect - connect using solid copper to the pin.
ePlaneDirectConnect (default) - connect using a thermal relief connection.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPlaneConnectionStyle type

RotateAroundXY method

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure RotateAroundXY (AX, AY : TCoord;Angle : TAngle);
Description
This method rotates a pad object on the PCB document about the AX, AY coordinates with an angle in degrees.
To ensure the pad rotates without moving about, pass in its midpoint (between X1,X2 and Y1, Y2) attributes for the AX,AY parameters or use the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
Invalidate method
(IPCB_PCB interface)
Syntax
Procedure InvalidateSizeShape;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
ValidateSizeShape method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure ValidateSizeShape;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
RevalidateSizeShape method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Procedure ReValidateSizeShape;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface

Properties

BotShape property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property BotShape : TShape Read GetState_BotShape Write SetState_BotShape;
Description
This property determines the bottom shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This property is supported by the GetState_BotShape and SetState_BotShape methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type
TShape type

BotXSize property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property BotXSize : TCoord Read GetState_BotXSize Write SetState_BotXSize;
Description
This property determines the bottom X Size of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up.
This property is supported by the GetState_BotXSize and SetState_BotXSize methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
BotYSize property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property BotYSize : TCoord Read GetState_BotYSize Write SetState_BotYSize;
Description
This property determines the bottom Y Size of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up.
This property is supported by the GetState_BotYSize and SetState_BotYSize methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
Cache property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property Cache : TPadCache Read GetState_Cache Write SetState_Cache;
Description
This Cache property represents the global cache that stores various design rule settings for pad and via objects. This property is supported by the GetState_Cache and SetState_Cache methods.
Example
(* Create a Pad object*)
Pad := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(ePadObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
Pad.X := MilsToCoord(3000);
Pad.Y := MilsToCoord(3000);

(* Setup a pad cache *)
Padcache := Pad.Cache;
Padcache.ReliefAirGap := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PowerPlaneReliefExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PowerPlaneClearance := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.ReliefConductorWidth := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.SolderMaskExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.SolderMaskExpansionValid := eCacheManual;
Padcache.PasteMaskExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PasteMaskExpansionValid := eCacheManual;

(* Assign the new pad cache to the pad*)
Pad.Cache := Padcache;
Board.AddPCBObject(Pad);
See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPadCache type
PadViaCacheProperties script from \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\ folder.
DrawObjects script from \ Example s\Scripts\DelphiScript Scripts\PCB\ folder.
GateID property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property GateID : Integer Read GetState_GateID Write SetState_GateID;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
HoleSize property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property HoleSize : TCoord Read GetState_HoleSize Write SetState_HoleSize;
Description
This property represents the hole size of a pad object where component pins or wires can be passed through and soldered in place.
This property is supported by the GetState_HoleSize and SetState_HoleSize methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface

Name property

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property Name : TPCBString Read GetState_Name Write SetState_Name;
Description
This Name property represents the designator of a pad object.
This method is supported by the GetState_Name and SetState_Name methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type

Rotation property

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property Rotation : TAngle Read GetState_Rotation Write SetState_Rotation;
Description
This Rotation property deals with the rotation of the pad object in degrees (of TAngle type 0 -360 degrees).
This property is supported by GetState_Rotation and SetState_Rotation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TAngle type
SwapID_Gate property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property SwapID_Gate : TPCBString Read GetState_SwapID_Gate Write SetState_SwapID_Gate;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type
SwapID_Pad property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property SwapID_Pad : TPCBString Read GetState_SwapID_Pad Write SetState_SwapID_Pad;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type
SwappedPadName property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property SwappedPadName : TPCBString Read GetState_SwappedPadName Write SetState_SwappedPadName;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type
Width property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property Width TLayer : TCoord Read GetState_WidthOnLayer;
Description

This read only property is supported by the GetState_WidthOnLayer method and is equivalent to the WidthOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
WidthOnLayer property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property WidthOnLayer TLayer : TCoord Read GetState_WidthOnLayer;
Description
This property retrieves the width of the pad on the specified layer. This read only property is supported by the GetState_WidthOnLayer method and is equivalent to the Width property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
IsConnectedToPlane property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property IsConnectedToPlane TLayer : Boolean Read GetState_IsConnectedToPlane Write SetState_IsConnectedToPlane;
Description
This property determines whether the pad is connected to the specified plane (one of the power internal planes).
This property is supported by GetState_IsConnectedToPlane and SetState_IsConnectedToPlane methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
MidShape property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property MidShape : TShape Read GetState_MidShape Write SetState_MidShape;
Description
This property determines the middle shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up. This property is supported by the GetState_MidShape and SetState_MidShape methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type
MidXSize property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property MidXSize : TCoord Read GetState_MidXSize Write SetState_MidXSize;
Description
This property determines the middle shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up.
This property is supported by the GetState_MidXSize and SetState_MidXSize methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
MidYSize property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property MidYSize : TCoord Read GetState_MidYSize Write SetState_MidYSize;
Description
This property determines the middle Y Size of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up.
This property is supported by the GetState_MidYSize and SetState_MidYSize methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface

Mode property

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property Mode : TPadMode Read GetState_Mode Write SetState_Mode;
Description
The Mode property determines what type of pad it is - a simple pad, a pad with three Top, Middle and Bottom layer stack up or a pad with a complex stack up.

If Mode is Simple (ePadMode_Simple) then you only deal with X,Y locations and the TopXSize, TopYSize and TopShape properties.
If Mode is Top-Mid-Bottom stack (ePadMode_LocalStack) then you deal with X,Y Locations, Top.., Mid.. and Bot.. properties.
If Mode is Full Stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack) then you deal with XStackSizeOnLayer, YStackSizeOnLayer and StackShapeOnLayer properties.
This property is supported by GetState_mode and SetState_mode methods.
Example
PadObject := Board.GetObjectAtCursor(MkSet(ePadObject),
AllLayers,
'Choose a pad');
While PadObject <> 0 Do
Begin
Ls := 'Pad Designator/Name: ' + PadObject.Name + #13#10;

// work out the pad stack style
If PadObject.Mode = ePadMode_Simple Then
ProcessSimplePad (PadObject,LS)
Else If PadObject.Mode = ePadMode_LocalStack Then
ProcessTopMidBotPad(PadObject,LS)
Else If PadObject.Mode = ePadMode_ExternalStack Then
ProcessFullStackPad(PadObject,LS);

// Display the results
ShowInfo(LS);

// Continue the loop ie user can click on another pad.
PadObject := Board.GetObjectAtCursor(MkSet(ePadObject), AllLayers, 'Choose a pad');
End;
See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPadMode type
IsPadStack method
PadStackInfo script from \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\ folder
Plated method
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property Plated : Boolean Read GetState_Plated Write SetState_Plated;
Description
This property denotes whether the pad is plated or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
PinDescriptor property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property PinDescriptor : TPCBString Read GetState_PinDescriptorString;
Description
This property obtains the description of the pin which represents the pad of a component. This read only property is supported by the GetState_PinDescriptorString method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPCBString type

ShapeOnLayer property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property ShapeOnLayer TLayer : TShape Read GetState_ShapeOnLayer;
Description
This property determines what shape the pad is on this specified layer. This read only property is supported by the GetState_ShapeOnlayer method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type
StackShapeOnLayer property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property StackShapeOnLayer TLayer : TShape Read GetState_StackShapeOnLayer Write SetState_StackShapeOnLayer;
Description
This property determines what shape the pad stack is on that layer. This property is supported by GetState_StackShapeOnLayer and SetState_StackShapeOnLayer methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type
TopShape property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property TopShape : TShape Read GetState_TopShape Write SetState_TopShape;
Description
This property determines the top layer shape of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up.
This property is supported by the GetState_TopShape and SetState_TopShape methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TShape type
TopXSize property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property TopXSize : TCoord Read GetState_TopXSize Write SetState_TopXSize;
Description
This property determines the Top layer X Size of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up.
This property is supported by the GetState_TopXSize and SetState_TopXSize methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TopYSize property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property TopYSize : TCoord Read GetState_TopYSize Write SetState_TopYSize;
Description
This property determines the Top layer Y Size of the pad with a top-middle-bottom stack up.
This property is supported by the GetState_TopYSize and SetState_TopYSize methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface

X property

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property X : TCoord Read GetState_XLocation Write SetState_XLocation;
Description
The Properties X and Y set the location of the pad with respect to the PCB document it is on.
These properties are supported by GetState_XLocation, GetState_YLocation and SetState_XLocation, SetState_YLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
XSizeOnLayer property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property XSizeOnLayer TLayer : TCoord Read GetState_XSizeOnLayer;
Description
This property determines what size in X direction the pad is on this specified layer. This read only property is supported by the GetState_XSizeOnlayer method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
XStackSizeOnLayer property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property XStackSizeOnLayer TLayer : TCoord Read GetState_XStackSizeOnLayer Write SetState_XStackSizeOnLayer;
Description
This XStackSizeOnLayer property determines the size of the pad in X direction on the specified layer only if the pad has an external stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack type). This property is supported by the GetState_XStackSizeOnLayer and SetState_XStackSizeOnLayer methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TPadMode type

Y property

(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property Y : TCoord Read GetState_YLocation Write SetState_YLocation;
Description
The Properties X and Y set the location of the pad with respect to the PCB document it is on.
These properties are supported by GetState_XLocation, GetState_YLocation and SetState_XLocation, SetState_YLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
YSizeOnLayer property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property YSizeOnLayer TLayer : TCoord Read GetState_YSizeOnLayer;
Description
This property determines what size in Y direction the pad is on this specified layer. This read only property is supported by the GetState_YSizeOnlayer method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
YStackSizeOnLayer property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property YStackSizeOnLayer TLayer : TCoord Read GetState_YStackSizeOnLayer Write SetState_YStackSizeOnLayer;
Description
This YStackSizeOnLayer property determines the size of the pad in Y direction on the specified layer only if the pad has an external stack (ePadMode_ExternalStack type). This property is supported by the GetState_YStackSizeOnLayer and SetState_YStackSizeOnLayer methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
DrillType property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property DrillType : TExtendedDrillType Read GetState_DrillType Write SetState_DrillType;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
HoleType property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property HoleType : TExtendedHoleType Read GetState_HoleType Write SetState_HoleType;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
HoleWidth property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property HoleWidth : TCoord Read GetState_HoleWidth Write SetState_HoleWidth;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
XPadOffset property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property XPadOffset[L : TLayer] : TCoord Read GetState_XPadOffsetOnLayer Write SetState_XPadOffsetOnLayer;
Description
This property is not implemented.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
Y PadOffset property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property YPadOffset[L : TLayer] : TCoord Read GetState_YPadOffsetOnLayer Write SetState_YPadOffsetOnLayer;
Description
This property is not implemented.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface

HoleRotation property
(IPCB_Pad interface)
Syntax
Property HoleRotation : TAngle Read GetState_HoleRotation Write SetState_HoleRotation;
Description
This property defines the rotation attribute of the hole within a pad object. This applies to square and slotted holes. This property is supported by the GetState_HoleRotation and SetState_HoleRotation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad interface
TAngle type

IPCB_Pad2 Interface

Overview
Pad objects are hole connectors for components and for connection to signal tracks. The IPCB_Pad2 interface represents the extra attributes such as the Corner radius attribute of rounded rectangular pads.

The IPCB_Pad 2 interface hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Pad
IPCB_Pad2

IPCB_Pad 2 methods GetState_CornerRadiusOnLayer GetState_CRPercentageOnLayer GetState_StackCRPctOnLayer SetState_StackCRPctOnLayer

IPCB_Pad 2 properties CornerRadius CRPercentage StackCRPctOnLayer

Methods

GetState_CornerRadiusOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad2 interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CornerRadiusOnLayer(L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This function returns the corner radius of a rectangular pad on the specified layer in TCoord units. This function is used by the CornerRadiusOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad2 interface
GetState_CRPercentageOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad2 interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CRPercentageOnLayer(L : TLayer) : Byte;
Description
This function returns the percentage of the corner radius of a rectangular pad on the specified layer as a byte value (0-100).
The corner radius percentage of the rounded corners of a pad on the bottom layer and the radius percentage is per layer and is a percentage of half of the shortest side of a pad object. The value of 0% corresponds to a rectangular pad and 100% to a normal rounded pad shape. This value only applies when the Shape field is set to Rounded Rectangle.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad2 interface
GetState_StackCRPctOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad2 interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StackCRPctOnLayer (L : TLayer) : Byte;
Description
This function returns the percentage of the corner radius of a stack up pad on the specified layer as a byte value (0-100).
The corner radius percentage of the rounded corners of a pad on the bottom layer and the radius percentage is per layer and is a percentage of half of the shortest side of a pad object. The value of 0% corresponds to a rectangular pad and 100% to a normal rounded pad shape. This value only applies when the Shape field is set to Rounded Rectangle.
This function is used by the StackCRPctOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad2 interface
SetState_StackCRPctOnLayer method
(IPCB_Pad2 interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_StackCRPctOnLayer (L : TLayer; Value : Byte);
Description
This function sets the percentage of the corner radius of a rectangular pad on the specified layer as a byte value (0-100).
The corner radius percentage of the rounded corners of a pad on the bottom layer and the radius percentage is per layer and is a percentage of half of the shortest side of a pad object. The value of 0% corresponds to a rectangular pad and 100% to a normal rounded pad shape. This value only applies when the Shape field is set to Rounded Rectangle.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad2 interface

Properties

CornerRadius property

(IPCB_Pad2 interface)
Syntax
Property CornerRadius [L : TLayer] : TCoord Read GetState_CornerRadiusOnLayer;
Description
This property returns the corner radius of a rectangular pad on the specified layer in TCoord units. This property is implemented by the GetState_CornerRadiusOnLayer function.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad2 interface

CRPercentage property

(IPCB_Pad2 interface)
Syntax
Property CRPercentage [L : TLayer] : Byte Read GetState_CRPercentageOnLayer;
Description
This function returns the percentage of the corner radius of a rectangular pad on the specified layer as a byte value (0-100).
The corner radius percentage of the rounded corners of a pad on the bottom layer and the radius percentage is per layer and is a percentage of half of the shortest side of a pad object. The value of 0% corresponds to a rectangular pad and 100% to a normal rounded pad shape. This value only applies when the Shape field is set to Rounded Rectangle.
The Property uses GetState_CRPercentageOnLayer function.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad2 interface

StackCRPctOnLayer property

(IPCB_Pad2 interface)
Syntax
Property StackCRPctOnLayer[L : TLayer] : Byte Read GetState_StackCRPctOnLayer Write SetState_StackCRPctOnLayer;
Description
This property returns the percentage of the corner radius of a stack up pad on the specified layer as a byte value (0-100).
The corner radius percentage of the rounded corners of a pad on the bottom layer and the radius percentage is per layer and is a percentage of half of the shortest side of a pad object. The value of 0% corresponds to a rectangular pad and 100% to a normal rounded pad shape. This value only applies when the Shape field is set to Rounded Rectangle.
This property uses GetState_StackCRPctOnLayer and SetState_StackCRPctOnLayer methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Pad2 interface

IPCB_Polygon Interface

Overview
Polygons are similar to area fills, except that they can fill irregular shaped areas of a board and can connect to a specified net as they are poured. By adjusting the grid and track size, a polygon plane can be either solid (copper) areas or a cross hatched lattice. Polygons can be poured on any layer, however if a polygon is placed on a non signal layer, it will not be poured around existing objects.
Polygons are group objects, therefore they have child objects such as tracks and arcs. You can use the IPCB_GroupIterator interface with the GroupIterator_Create and GroupIterator_Destroy methods from the IPCB_Polygon to fetch child objects.
The IPCB_Polygon interface hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Polygon

IPCB_Group methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

The IPCB_Polygon interface hierarchy is as follows;

IPCB_Polygon methods GetState_AreaSize GetState_PolygonType GetState_RemoveDead GetState_UseOctagons GetState_AvoidObsticles GetState_PourOver GetState_Grid GetState_TrackSize GetState_MinTrack GetState_PointCount GetState_Segments GetState_PolyHatchStyle GetState_BorderWidth GetState_ExpandOutline GetState_RemoveIslandsByArea GetState_IslandAreaThreshold GetState_RemoveNarrowNecks GetState_NeckWidthThreshold GetState_ClipAcuteCorners GetState_MitreCorners GetState_DrawRemovedNecks GetState_DrawRemovedIslands GetState_DrawDeadCopper GetState_ArcApproximation SetState_AreaSize SetState_PolygonType SetState_RemoveDead SetState_UseOctagons SetState_AvoidObsticles SetState_PourOver SetState_Grid SetState_TrackSize SetState_MinTrack SetState_PointCount SetState_Segments SetState_PolyHatchStyle SetState_BorderWidth SetState_ExpandOutline SetState_RemoveIslandsByArea SetState_IslandAreaThreshold SetState_RemoveNarrowNecks SetState_NeckWidthThreshold SetState_ClipAcuteCorners SetState_MitreCorners SetState_DrawRemovedNecks SetState_DrawRemovedIslands SetState_DrawDeadCopper SetState_ArcApproximation GetState_HitPrimitive PrimitiveInsidePoly Rebuild SetState_XSizeYSize SetState_CopperPourInvalid SetState_CopperPourValid GetState_CopperPourInvalid GetState_InRepour CopperPourValidate AcceptsLayer PointInPolygon xBoundingRectangle GetState_StrictHitTest GrowPolyshape RotateAroundXY

IPCB_Polygon properties AreaSize PolygonType RemoveDead UseOctagons AvoidObsticles PourOver Grid TrackSize MinTrack PointCount Segments [I PolyHatchStyle BorderWidth ExpandOutline RemoveIslandsByArea IslandAreaThreshold RemoveNarrowNecks NeckWidthThreshold ClipAcuteCorners MitreCorners DrawRemovedNecks DrawRemovedIslands DrawDeadCopper ArcApproximation

Notes
Polygons can be on internal planes. For example if there are multi layer pads on a PCB document, then all the internal planes are connected to these multi-layer pads as split planes and are called split plane polygons. Check the PolygonType property.
The grid property denotes the grid which the tracks within a polygon are placed. Ideally this grid is a fraction of the component pin pitch, to allow the most effective placement of the polygon tracks.
The segments property denotes the array of segments used to construct a polygon. Each segment consists of a record consisting of one group of points in X, Y coordinates as a line ( ePolySegmentline type) or an arc, a radius and two angles ( ePolySegmentArc type). Each segment record has a Kind field which denotes the type of segment it is.
A segment of a polygon either as an arc or a track is encapsulated as a TPolySegment record as shown below;
TPolySegment = Record
Kind : TPolySegmentType;

{Vertex}
vx,vy : TCoord;

{Arc}
cx,cy : TCoord;
Radius : TCoord;
Angle1 : TAngle;
Angle2 : TAngle;
End;
Example
Procedure IteratePolygons;
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
Polygon : IPCB_Polygon;
Iterator : IPCB_BoardIterator;
PolygonRpt : TStringList;
FileName : TPCBString;
Document : IServerDocument;
PolyNo : Integer;
I : Integer;
Begin
// Retrieve the current board
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then Exit;

// Search for Polygons and for each polygon found
// get its attributes and put them in a TStringList object
// to be saved as a text file.
Iterator := Board.BoardIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(ePolyObject));
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet(AllLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Method(eProcessAll);

PolyNo := 0;
PolygonRpt := TStringList.Create;

Polygon := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While (Polygon <> Nil) Do
Begin
Inc(PolyNo);
PolygonRpt.Add('Polygon No : ' + IntToStr(PolyNo));
//Check if Net exists before getting the Name property.
If Polygon.Net <> Nil Then
PolygonRpt.Add(' Polygon Net : ' + Polygon.Net.Name);

If Polygon.PolygonType = eSignalLayerPolygon Then
PolygonRpt.Add(' Polygon type : ' + 'Polygon on Signal Layer')
Else
PolygonRpt.Add(' Polygon type : ' + 'Split plane polygon')

PolygonRpt.Add(' Polygon BorderWidth : ' + FloatToStr(Polygon.BorderWidth));
PolygonRpt.Add(' Area size : ' + FloatToStr(Polygon.AreaSize));

// Segments of a polygon
For I := 0 To Polygon.PointCount - 1 Do
Begin
If Polygon.Segments >I.Kind = ePolySegmentLine Then
Begin
Polygon Rpt.Add(' Polygon Segment Line at X: ' + IntToStr(Polygon.Segments I.vx));
PolygonRpt.Add(' Polygon Segment Line at Y: ' + IntToStr(Polygon.Segments >I.vy));
End
Else
Begin
PolygonRpt.Add(' Polygon Segment Arc 1 : ' + FloatToStr(Polygon.Segments I.Angle1));
PolygonRpt.Add(' Polygon Segment Arc 2 : ' + FloatToStr(Polygon.Segments I.Angle2));
PolygonRpt.Add(' Polygon Segment Radius : ' + FloatToStr(Polygon.Segments I.Radius));
End;
End;
PolygonRpt.Add('');
Polygon := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Board.BoardIterator_Destroy(Iterator);

// The TStringList contains Polygon data and is saved as
// a text file.
FileName := ChangeFileExt(Board.FileName,'.pol');
PolygonRpt.SaveToFile(Filename);
PolygonRpt.Free;

// Display the Polygons report
Document := Client.OpenDocument('Text', FileName);
If Document <> Nil Then
Client.ShowDocument(Document);
End;
See also
PCB Design Objects
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Group interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
TPolygonType enumerated values
TPolySegment enumerated values
TPolyHatchStyle enumerated values
IteratePolygons example from the * *Example *s\Scripts\DelphiScript\PCB* folder.
OutlinePerimeter example from the * *Example *s\Scripts\DelphiScript\PCB* folder.

Methods

AcceptsLayer method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function AcceptsLayer (Layer : TLayer) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
CopperPourValidate method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure CopperPourValidate;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_CopperPourInvalid method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CopperPourInvalid : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface

GetState_StrictHitTest method

(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StrictHitTest (HitX,HitY : TCoord) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GrowPolyshape method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure GrowPolyshape (ADist : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
PointInPolygon method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function PointInPolygon (HitX,HitY : TCoord) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
PrimitiveInsidePoly method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function PrimitiveInsidePoly (APrimitive : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Description
This function determines whether a primitive is indeed part of a polygon or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface

Rebuild method

(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure Rebuild;
Description
This procedure forces a rebuild of the polygon especially after it has been poured.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_CopperPourInvalid method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_CopperPourInvalid;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_CopperPourValid method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_CopperPourValid;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface

SetState_XSizeYSize method

(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function SetState_XSizeYSize : Boolean;
Description
This method sets the X and Y size of the polygon.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
xBoundingRectangle method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function xBoundingRectangle : TCoordRect;
Description
This function obtains the bounding rectangle of the polygon in TCoordRect.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
TCoordRect
RotateAroundXY method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure RotateAroundXY(AX,
AY : TCoord;
Angle : TAngle);
Description
This function rotates the polygon about its reference point by an angle.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
TCoord type
TAngle type

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_ArcApproximation method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ArcApproximation : TCoord ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_AreaSize method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_AreaSize : Extended;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_AvoidObsticles method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_AvoidObsticles : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_BorderWidth method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_BorderWidth : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_ClipAcuteCorners method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ClipAcuteCorners : Boolean ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_DrawDeadCopper method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DrawDeadCopper : Boolean ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_DrawRemovedIslands method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DrawRemovedIslands : Boolean ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_DrawRemovedNecks method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_DrawRemovedNecks : Boolean ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_ExpandOutline method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ExpandOutline : Boolean ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_Grid method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Grid : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface

GetState_HitPrimitive method

(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_HitPrimitive (APrimitive : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_InRepour method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InRepour : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_IslandAreaThreshold method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IslandAreaThreshold : Extended ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_MinTrack method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MinTrack : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_MitreCorners method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_MitreCorners : Boolean ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_NeckWidthThreshold method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_NeckWidthThreshold : TCoord ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_PointCount method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PointCount : Integer;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_PolygonType method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PolygonType : TPolygonType;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_PolyHatchStyle method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PolyHatchStyle : TPolyHatchStyle;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_PourOver method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_PourOver : TPolygonPourOver;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_RemoveDead method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_RemoveDead : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_RemoveIslandsByArea method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_RemoveIslandsByArea : Boolean ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_RemoveNarrowNecks method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_RemoveNarrowNecks : Boolean ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_Segments method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Segments (I : Integer) : TPolySegment;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_TrackSize method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_TrackSize : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
GetState_UseOctagons method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_UseOctagons : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_ArcApproximation method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ArcApproximation (Value : TCoord );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_AreaSize method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_AreaSize (Value : Extended);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_AvoidObsticles method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_AvoidObsticles (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_BorderWidth method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_BorderWidth (Value : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_ClipAcuteCorners method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ClipAcuteCorners (Value : Boolean );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_DrawDeadCopper method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_DrawDeadCopper (Value : Boolean );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_DrawRemovedIslands method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_DrawRemovedIslands (Value : Boolean );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_DrawRemovedNecks method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_DrawRemovedNecks (Value : Boolean );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_ExpandOutline method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_ExpandOutline (Value : Boolean );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_Grid method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Grid (Value : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_IslandAreaThreshold method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IslandAreaThreshold (Value : Extended );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_MinTrack method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MinTrack (Value : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_MitreCorners method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_MitreCorners (Value : Boolean );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_NeckWidthThreshold method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_NeckWidthThreshold (Value : TCoord );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_PointCount method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_PointCount (Value : Integer);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_PolygonType method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_PolygonType (Value : TPolygonType);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_PolyHatchStyle method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_PolyHatchStyle (Value : TPolyHatchStyle);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_PourOver method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_PourOver (Value : TPolygonPourOver);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_RemoveDead method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_RemoveDead (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_RemoveIslandsByArea method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_RemoveIslandsByArea (Value : Boolean );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_RemoveNarrowNecks method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_RemoveNarrowNecks (Value : Boolean );
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_Segments method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Segments (I : Integer;Value : TPolySegment);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_TrackSize method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_TrackSize (Value : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
SetState_UseOctagons method
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_UseOctagons (Value : Boolean);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface

Properties

ArcApproximation property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property ArcApproximation : TCoord Read GetState_ArcApproximation Write SetState_ArcApproximation ;
Description
The polygon drawn around a pad or via is drawn by line segments. The arc resolution value dictates how accurate the polygon is drawn around a pad for example. The segments are drawn between a system defined outer circle and inner circle with a radial distance between these two circles being equal to the arc resolution.
The default value is 0.5mil. The lower the value the more smooth the arc is and the higher the value, the more coarse the arc is with longer line segments.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
AreaSize property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property AreaSize : Extended Read GetState_AreaSize Write SetState_AreaSize;
Description
The AreaSize property returns the size of the polygon in Extended type. The GetState_AreaSize and SetState_AreaSize are methods for this property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
AvoidObsticles property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property AvoidObsticles : Boolean Read GetState_AvoidObsticles Write SetState_AvoidObsticles;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
BorderWidth property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property BorderWidth : TCoord Read GetState_BorderWidth Write SetState_BorderWidth;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
ClipAcuteCorners property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property ClipAcuteCorners : Boolean Read GetState_ClipAcuteCorners Write SetState_ClipAcuteCorners ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
DrawDeadCopper property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property DrawDeadCopper : Boolean Read GetState_DrawDeadCopper Write SetState_DrawDeadCopper ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
DrawRemovedIslands property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property DrawRemovedIslands : Boolean Read GetState_DrawRemovedIslands Write SetState_DrawRemovedIslands ;
Description
If this property is true, every time a polygon is created on a PCB document, islands are often created and those islands that are less than the quoted area threshold are not created, otherwise if false, islands are left drawn nonetheless.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
DrawRemovedNecks property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property DrawRemovedNecks : Boolean Read GetState_DrawRemovedNecks Write SetState_DrawRemovedNecks ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
ExpandOutline property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property ExpandOutline : Boolean Read GetState_ExpandOutline Write SetState_ExpandOutline ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
Grid property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property Grid : TCoord Read GetState_Grid Write SetState_Grid;
Description
The Grid property denotes the grid which the tracks within a polygon are placed. Ideally this grid is a fraction of the component pin pitch, to allow the most effective placement of the polygon tracks.
This property is supported by GetState_Grid and SetState_Grid methods.

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
IslandAreaThreshold property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property IslandAreaThreshold : Extended Read GetState_IslandAreaThreshold Write SetState_IslandAreaThreshold;
Description
Every time a polygon is created on a PCB document, islands are often created and those islands that are less than the quoted area threshold, these islands are not created.
This property represents a value in mils squared that defines the area of an island and the default value is 2500 mils sq.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
MinTrack property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property MinTrack : TCoord Read GetState_MinTrack Write SetState_MinTrack;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
MitreCorners property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property MitreCorners : Boolean Read GetState_MitreCorners Write SetState_MitreCorners ;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
NeckWidthThreshold property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property NeckWidthThreshold : TCoord Read GetState_NeckWidthThreshold Write SetState_NeckWidthThreshold ;
Description
The minimum width threshold value for the regions of a polygon. Narrow regions that violate this under width value will be removed by the system. The default value is 5 mils.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
PointCount property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property PointCount : Integer Read GetState_PointCount Write SetState_PointCount;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
PolygonType property
(IPCB_Board interface)
Syntax
Property PolygonType : TPolygonType Read GetState_PolygonType Write SetState_PolygonType;
Description
The PolygonType property defines what type the polygon is, whether it is a polygon on a signal layer, or a split plane polygon.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
TPolygonType type
PolyHatchStyle property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property PolyHatchStyle : TPolyHatchStyle Read GetState_PolyHatchStyle Write SetState_PolyHatchStyle;
Description
The property denotes the style of polygon hatching. If the hatching style ( ePolySolid ) is solid, then a region object is used instead.
ePolyHatch90, ePolyHatch45, ePolyVHatch, ePolyHHatch,

ePolyNoHatch type : the polygon is not filled at all. Only the boundary tracks will be present. You may wish to use this option if you want to place a polygon during the design phase, but do not want it to slow system performance. The polygon can be before re-poured with the desired hatching before generating output.
ePolySolid type: the polygon is filled in solid. You may wish to use this option if you want to place a solid polygon during the design phase. There are further Solid Fill Options to define and control how a solid polygon is drawn on the PCB document.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
TPolyHatchStyle type
IPCB_Region interface
PourOver property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property PourOver : Boolean Read GetState_PourOver Write SetState_PourOver;
Description
The pourover property if true will indicate that any existing tracks and arcs within the polygon which are part of the net being connected to will be covered by the polygon.
If this property is false, the polygon will pour around existing tracks on the same net.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
RemoveDead property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property RemoveDead : Boolean Read GetState_RemoveDead Write SetState_RemoveDead;
Description
If the RemoveDead property is enabled, any regions of "dead" copper within the polygon will be removed. Dead copper is created when an area of the polygon can not be connected to the selected net. You can view dead copper as unconnected "islands" of copper within the polygon created when existing tracks, pads and vias prevent the plane pouring as one continuous area.
If this property is disabled, any areas of dead copper will not be removed.
Note: The entire polygon is removed if it does not enclose any pads on the selected net, as it is all viewed as dead copper.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
RemoveIslandsByArea property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property RemoveIslandsByArea : Boolean Read GetState_RemoveIslandsByArea Write SetState_RemoveIslandsByArea;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
RemoveNarrowNecks property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property RemoveNarrowNecks : Boolean Read GetState_RemoveNarrowNecks Write SetState_RemoveNarrowNecks ;
Description
If this property is true, thin sections (composing of tracks and arcs for example) are removed from this polygon on the PCB document that violate the minimum width threshold value. If false, narrow necks are left alone.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
Segments [I property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property Segments Integer : TPolySegment Read GetState_Segments Write SetState_Segments;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
TrackSize property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property TrackSize : TCoord Read GetState_TrackSize Write SetState_TrackSize;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface
UseOctagons property
(IPCB_Polygon interface)
Syntax
Property UseOctagons : Boolean Read GetState_UseOctagons Write SetState_UseOctagons;
Description
The UseOctagons property determines that octagons are to surround pads if true. If false, pads are surrounded by arcs. Octagons give smaller Gerber files and faster photoplotting.
This property is supported by GetState_UseOctagons and SetState_UseOctagons methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Polygon interface

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive Interface

Overview
The IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface is the ancestor interface for IPCB_Fill and IPCB_Text interfaces and contains the rectangular coordinates as well as the rotation property.
The IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive methods GetState_XLocation GetState_YLocation GetState_X1Location GetState_Y1Location GetState_X2Location GetState_Y2Location GetState_Rotation SetState_XLocation SetState_YLocation SetState_X1Location SetState_Y1Location SetState_X2Location SetState_Y2Location SetState_Rotation RotateAroundXY IsRedundant SetState_XSizeYSize

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive properties XLocation YLocation X1Location Y1Location X2Location Y2Location Rotation

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface

GetState and SetState Methods

SetState_Rotation method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Rotation (Rotation : TAngle);
Description
This SetState_Rotation method deals with the rotation of the rectangular primitive (fill, text, embedded board for example) object in degrees (of TAngle type 0 -360 degrees).
This method is used for the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
SetState_X1Location method
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_X1Location (AX1 : TCoord);
Description
The SetState_X1Location method sets the initial X1 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the X1Location property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
SetState_X2Location method
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_X2Location (AX2 : TCoord);
Description
The SetState_X2Location method sets the final X2 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the X2Location property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

SetState_XLocation method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_XLocation (AX : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the reference X location of the rectangular primitive. The X,Y coordinates define the reference point of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the XLocation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

SetState_XSizeYSize method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function SetState_XSizeYSize : Boolean;
Description
This method sets the XSize and YSize of the rectangular primitive.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
SetState_Y1Location method
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Y1Location (AY1 : TCoord);
Description
The SetState_Y1Location method sets the initial Y1 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the Y1Location property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
SetState_Y2Location method
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Y2Location (AY2 : TCoord);
Description
The SetState_Y2Location method sets the initial Y2 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the Y2Location property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

SetState_YLocation method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_YLocation (AY : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the reference Y location of the rectangular primitive. The X,Y coordinates define the reference point of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the YLocation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

GetState_Rotation method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Rotation : TAngle;
Description
This GetState_Rotation method deals with the rotation of the rectangular primitive (fill, text, embedded board for example) object in degrees (of TAngle type 0 -360 degrees).
This method is used for the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
GetState_X1Location method
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_X1Location : TCoord;
Description
The GetState_X1Location method retrieves the initial X1 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the X1Location property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
GetState_X2Location method
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_X2Location : TCoord;
Description
The GetState_X1Location method retrieves the final X2 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the X2Location property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

GetState_XLocation method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_XLocation : TCoord;
Description
This method obtains the reference X location of the rectangular primitive. The X,Y coordinates define the reference point of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the XLocation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
GetState_Y1Location method
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Y1Location : TCoord;
Description
The GetState_Y1Location method retrieves the initial Y1 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the Y1Location property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
GetState_Y2Location method
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Y2Location : TCoord;
Description
The GetState_Y2Location method retrieves the final Y2 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the Y2Location property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

GetState_YLocation method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_YLocation : TCoord;
Description
This method obtains the reference Y location of the rectangular primitive. The X,Y coordinates define the reference point of the rectangular primitive.
This method is used for the YLocation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

Methods

IsRedundant method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Function IsRedundant : Boolean;
Description
This method determines whether the object is redundant (unused object) on the PCB document or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

RotateAroundXY method

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Procedure RotateAroundXY (AX,AY : TCoord;Angle : TAngle);
Description
This method rotates a rectangular primitive object such as a fill or a text object on the PCB document about the AX, AY coordinates with an angle in degrees.
To ensure the rectangular primitive rotates without moving about, pass in its midpoint (between X1,X2 and Y1, Y2) attributes for the AX,AY parameters or use the Rotation property.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

Rotation property

(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Property Rotation : TAngle Read GetState_Rotation Write SetState_Rotation;
Description
This Rotation property deals with the rotation of the rectangular primitive (fill, text, embedded board for example) object in degrees (of TAngle type 0 -360 degrees).
This property is supported by GetState_Rotation and SetState_Rotation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

Properties

X1Location property
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Property X1Location : TCoord Read GetState_X1Location Write SetState_X1Location;
Description
The X1Location property determines the initial X1 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
The property is supported by the GetState_X1Location and SetState_X1Location methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
X2Location property
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Property X2Location : TCoord Read GetState_X2Location Write SetState_X2Location;
Description
The X2Location property determines the final X2 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
The property is supported by the GetState_X2Location and SetState_X2Location methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
XLocation property
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Property XLocation : TCoord Read GetState_XLocation Write SetState_XLocation;
Description
The XLocation property determines the reference X location of the rectangular primitive. The X,Y coordinates define the reference point of the rectangular primitive.
The property is supported by the GetState_XLocation and SetState_XLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
Y1Location property
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Property Y1Location : TCoord Read GetState_Y1Location Write SetState_Y1Location;
Description
The Y1Location property determines the initial Y1 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
The property is supported by the GetState_Y1Location and SetState_Y1Location methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
Y2Location property
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Property Y2Location : TCoord Read GetState_Y2Location Write SetState_Y2Location;
Description
The Y2Location property determines the final Y2 location of the rectangular primitive. The X1,Y1 and X2,Y2 coordinates define the boundary of the rectangular primitive.
The property is supported by the GetState_Y2Location and SetState_Y2Location methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface
YLocation property
(IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface)
Syntax
Property YLocation : TCoord Read GetState_YLocation Write SetState_YLocation;
Description
The YLocation property determines the reference Y location of the rectangular primitive. The X,Y coordinates define the reference point of the rectangular primitive.
The property is supported by the GetState_YLocation and SetState_YLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

IPCB_Region Interface

Overview
The IPCB_Region interface represents a solid polygon pour as the region object. This region object allows the creation of multi sided polygon regions on the PCB. The region object can also be used to create polygonal shaped fills in PCB footprints.
Notes
You can use IPCB_Primitive methods and properties that are relevant to the IPCB_Region interface.

The IPCB_Region interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Region

IPCB_Region methods GetState_Kind SetState_Kind GetState_Name SetState_Name GetState_Area GetRegionData GetMainContour GetHoleCount GetHole SetOutlineContour SetRegionData

IPCB_Region properties Kind Name RegionData MainContour HoleCount Holes Area

See also
IPCB_Fill Interface
IPCB_Polygon interface

Methods

PCB method
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetOutlineContour (Contour : Pgpc_vertex_list)
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface

GetState and SetState Methods

GetHole method
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Function GetHole (I : Integer) : Pgpc_vertex_list;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface

GetHoleCount method

(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Function GetHoleCount : Integer;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
GetMainContour method
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Function GetMainContour : Pgpc_vertex_list;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
GetRegionData method
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Function GetRegionData : Pgpc_polygon;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
GetState_Area method
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Area : Int64;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
GetState_Kind method
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Kind : TRegionKind;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface

GetState_Name method

(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Name : TDynamicString;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
SetState_Kind method
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Kind (Value : TRegionKind);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface

SetState_Name method

(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Name (Value : TDynamicString);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface

Properties

Area property
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Property Area : Int64 Read GetState_Area;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface

HoleCount property

(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Property HoleCount : Integer Read GetHoleCount;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
Holes [I property
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Property Holes [I : Integer] : Pgpc_vertex_list Read GetHole;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
Kind property
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Property Kind : TRegionKind Read GetState_Kind Write SetState_Kind;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
TRegionKind type
MainContour property
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Property MainContour : Pgpc_vertex_list Read GetMainContour;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface

Name property

(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Property Name : TDynamicString Read GetState_Name Write SetState_Name;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface
RegionData property
(IPCB_Region interface)
Syntax
Property RegionData : Pgpc_polygon Read GetRegionData;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Region interface

IPCB_Text Interface

Overview
Text strings can be placed on any layer with any height. There are two classes of text strings: Free text strings and component text (designators and comments). Free text strings are standalone strings which could be used as descriptors or labels for any application on the workspace. There are two component text objects- designator attribute and comment attribute. Each component must have a unique designator and thus designators are not globally editable. The comment attribute is globally editable though.
The PCB editor includes special strings which are interpreted when output (printing, plotting or generating gerber files) is generated. For example, the string .PRINT_DATE will be replaced by the current date when output is generated.
Notes
The IPCB_Text Interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive
IPCB_Text

1. Text objects are not inherited from the IPCB_group interface, therefore fetching child objects within a text object is not possible.
2. Text objects are rectangular primitives with rectangular coordinates properties and the rotation property.
3. Text objects can be converted into a series of strokes using the ConvertToStrokeArray method from the IPCB_Text interface.

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive methods RotateAroundXY IsRedundant SetState_XSizeYSize

IPCB_RectangularPrimitive properties XLocation YLocation X1Location Y1Location X2Location Y2Location Rotation

IPCB_Text methods GetState_FontID GetState_Text GetState_Width GetState_Mirror GetState_UnderlyingString GetState_ConvertedString GetState_UseTTFonts GetState_Bold GetState_Italic GetState_FontName GetState_Inverted GetState_InvertedTTTextBorder GetState_CharSet SetState_Size SetState_FontID SetState_Text SetState_Width SetState_Mirror SetState_UnderlyingString SetState_UseTTFonts SetState_Bold SetState_Italic SetState_FontName SetState_Inverted SetState_InvertedTTTextBorder SetState_CharSet IsHidden IsDesignator IsComment InAutoDimension GetDesignatorDisplayString RotationHandle ConvertToStrokeArray GetTrueTypeTextOutline

IPCB_Text properties Size FontID Text Width MirrorFlag UnderlyingString ConvertedString UseTTFonts Bold Italic FontName Inverted InvertedTTTextBorder TTTextOutline CharSet

Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
WorkSpace : IWorkSpace;
TextObj : IPCB_Text;
Begin
//create a new pcb document
WorkSpace := GetWorkSpace;
If WorkSpace = Nil Then Exit;
Workspace.DM_CreateNewDocument('PCB');

Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil then exit;

// Create a text object on a top overlay layer
Board.LayerIsDisplayed eTopOverLay := True;
TextObj := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eTextObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
TextObj.XLocation := MilsToCoord(Board.XOrigin + 4000);
TextObj.YLocation := MilsToCoord(Board.YOrigin + 2000);
TextObj.Layer := eTopOverlay;
TextObj.Text := 'Text Object';
TextObj.Size := MilsToCoord(90); // sets the height of the text.
Board.AddPCBObject(TextObj);
End;
See also
PCB Design Objects
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_RectangularPrimitive interface

GetState and SetState Methods

ConvertedString method
(IPCB_ConvertedString interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ConvertedString : TPCBString;
Description
This method is used for the ConvertedString property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
GetState_FontID method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_FontID : TFontID;
Description
This method retrieves the FontID attribute which represents the font used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the FontID property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
TFontID type

GetState_Mirror method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Mirror : Boolean;
Description
This method retrieves the Mirror attribute which represents the mirrored state of this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the Mirror property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
GetState_Size method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Size : TCoord;
Description
This method retrieves the Size attribute which represents the height of the text used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the Size property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
GetState_Text method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Text : TPCBString;
Description
This method retrieves the Text attribute which represents the text used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the Text property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
GetState_UnderlyingString method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_UnderlyingString : TPCBString;
Description
This method retrieves the Text attribute which represents the text used for this Text Object on a PCB document and is equivalent to the GetState_Text method. This method is used for the UnderlyingString property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
GetState_Width method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Width : TCoord;
Description
This method retrieves the Width attribute which represents the width used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the Width property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

GetState_UseTTFonts method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_UseTTFonts : Boolean;
Description
This property toggles the True Type font for the PCB string text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_UseTTFonts and SetState_UseTTFonts methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

GetState_Bold method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_UseTTFonts : Boolean;
Description
The Bold property sets or gets the bold property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Bold and SetState_Bold methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

GetState_Italic method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Italic : Boolean;
Description
The Italic property sets or gets the italic property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Italic and SetState_Italic methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

GetState_FontName method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_FontName : TPCBString;
Description
The FontName property sets or gets the FontName property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Bold and SetState_Bold methods. For example one of the True Type font strings could be 'Arial', 'Arial Narrow', 'Courier New' and 'Verdana'.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

GetState_Inverted method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Inverted : Boolean;
Description
This property sets or gets the Inverted property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Inverted and SetState_Inverted methods.
The Inverted property inverts the text object and a text boundary is created around the text. The Inverted and InvertedTTTextBorder properties are useful for situations if IPCB_Text object is to be placed on a copper region and create a cutout in the region. The color of the inverted border is the layer color and the text color itself is black.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

GetState_InvertedTTTextBorder method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_InvertedTTTextBorder : TCoord;
Description
This property sets or gets the InvertedTTTextBorder property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_InvertedTTTextBorder and SetState_InvertedTTTextBorder methods.
The Inverted property inverts the text object and a text boundary is created around the text. The Inverted and InvertedTTTextBorder properties are useful for situations if IPCB_Text object is to be placed on a copper region and create a cutout in the region. The color of the inverted border is the layer color and the text color itself is black.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

GetTrueTypeTextOutline method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property TTTextOutline : PGPC_Polygon Read GetTrueTypeTextOutline;
Description
This property sets or gets the TTTextOutline property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetTrueTypeTextOutline method.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
SetState_FontID method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_FontID (FontID : TFontID);
Description
This method sets the FontID attribute which represents the font used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the FontID property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
TFontID type

SetState_Mirror method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Mirror (Mirror : Boolean);
Description
This method sets the Mirror attribute which represents the mirrored state of this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the Mirror property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
SetState_Size method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Size (Size : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the Size attribute which represents the height of the text used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the Size property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
SetState_Text method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Text (Text : TPCBString);
Description
This method sets the Text attribute which represents the text used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the Text property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
SetState_UnderlyingString method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_UnderlyingString (Value : TPCBString);
Description
This method retrieves the Text attribute which represents the text used for this Text Object on a PCB document and is equivalent to the SetState_Text method. This method is used for the UnderlyingString property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
SetState_Width method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Width (Width : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the Width attribute which represents the width used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This method is used for the Width property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

SetState_UseTTFonts method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_UseTTFonts(UseTTFonts : Boolean);
Description
This property toggles the True Type font for the PCB string text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_UseTTFonts and SetState_UseTTFonts methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also

SetState_Bold method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Bold(Bold : Boolean);
Description
The Bold property sets or gets the bold property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Bold and SetState_Bold methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

SetState_Italic method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Italic(Italic : Boolean);
Description
The Italic property sets or gets the italic property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Italic and SetState_Italic methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

SetState_FontName method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_FontName(FontName : TPCBString);
Description
The FontName property sets or gets the FontName property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Bold and SetState_Bold methods. For example one of the True Type font strings could be 'Arial', 'Arial Narrow', 'Courier New' and 'Verdana'.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

SetState_Inverted method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Inverted(Inverted : Boolean);
Description
This property sets or gets the Inverted property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Inverted and SetState_Inverted methods.
The Inverted property inverts the text object and a text boundary is created around the text. The Inverted and InvertedTTTextBorder properties are useful for situations if IPCB_Text object is to be placed on a copper region and create a cutout in the region. The color of the inverted border is the layer color and the text color itself is black.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

Methods

ConvertToStrokeArray method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function ConvertToStrokeArray(Var Count : Integer; Var Strokes : TStrokeArray) : Boolean;
Description
Text objects can be converted into a series of strokes using the ConvertToStrokeArray method. This is useful for rending text objects as standalone line objects to be used in external programs such as 3D modelling applications.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
TStrokeArray type
GetDesignatorDisplayString method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetDesignatorDisplayString : TPCBString;
Description
This function retrieves the designator string directly from a text object.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
TPCBString type

InAutoDimension method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function InAutoDimension : Boolean;
Description
This function tests whether this text object is used for the auto dimension object or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
IsComment method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function IsComment : Boolean;
Description
This function tests whether this text object is a comment object associated with a component object for example.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
IsDesignator method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function IsDesignator : Boolean;
Description
This function tests whether this text object is a designator for a object, for example whether a pad object has a designator.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

IsHidden method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function IsHidden : Boolean;
Description
This function tests whether the text object is hidden or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
RotationHandle method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function RotationHandle : TPoint;
Description
This function returns the rotation handle of the text object as a record of X and Y coordinates (TPoint).
Note, the TPoint type is a Borland Delphi record consisting of X and Y coordinates.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

GetTrueTypeTextOutline method

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Function GetTrueTypeTextOutline : Pgpc_polygon;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

Properties

FontID property
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property FontID : TFontID Read GetState_FontID Write SetState_FontID;
Description
The FontID property denotes which Font the text object is using. The property is supported by GetState_FontID and SetState_FontID methods.
The TFontID type defines the font ID for a text object. It is the index to an entry in the font table in the PCB editor. Each font used in the PCB editor has its own FontID.
Thus when a new font is used (through a Change Font dialog of a Change object dialog), a new FontID is added to the table in the PCB editor. The FontID value can be extracted from PCB text objects.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
TFontID type

MirrorFlag property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property MirrorFlag : Boolean Read GetState_Mirror Write SetState_Mirror;
Description
This method sets the Mirror attribute which represents the mirrored state of this Text Object on a PCB document. This property supports GetState_Mirror and SetState_Mirror methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
Size property
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property Size : TCoord Read GetState_Size Write SetState_Size;
Description
The Size property sets the height of the text. This property is supported by GetState_Size and SetState_Size methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
TCoord type
Text property
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property Text : TPCBString Read GetState_Text Write SetState_Text;
Description
The Text property contains the text for the Text object. This property is supported by the GetState_Text and SetState_Text methods.
Note, the PCB editor includes special strings which are interpreted when output (printing, plotting or generating gerber files) is generated. For example, the string .PRINT_DATE will be replaced by the current date when output is generated.
Example
Procedure FindSpecialStrings;
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
SpecialString : IPCB_Text;
Iterator : IPCB_BoardIterator;
Begin
// Retrieve the current board
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then Exit;

// retrieve the iterator
Iterator := Board.BoardIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eTextObject));
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet(AllLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Method(eProcessAll);

// Search special strings
SpecialString := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While (SpecialString <> Nil) Do
Begin
If SpecialString.Text = '.Layer_Name' Then
ShowMessage(SpecialString.ConvertedString);
SpecialString := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Board.BoardIterator_Destroy(Iterator);
End;
See also
IPCB_Text interface
TPCBString type
UnderlyingString property
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property UnderlyingString : TPCBString Read GetState_UnderlyingString Write SetState_UnderlyingString;
Description
This UnderlyingString property is equivalent to the Text property. This property is supported by the GetState_UnderlyingString and SetState_UnderlyingString methods.
Note, the PCB editor includes special strings which are interpreted when output (printing, plotting or generating gerber files) is generated. For example, the string .PRINT_DATE will be replaced by the current date when output is generated.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
TPCBString type

Width property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property Width : TCoord Read GetState_Width Write SetState_Width;
Description
This method sets the Width attribute which represents the width used for this Text Object on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Width and SetState_Width methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
ConvertedString method
(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property ConvertedString : TPCBString Read GetState_ConvertedString;
Description
This property is supported by the GetState_ConvertedString method. This property converts a special string into a text based string. The PCB editor includes special strings which are interpreted when output (printing, plotting or generating gerber files) is generated. For example, the string .PRINT_DATE will be replaced by the current date when the ConvertedString method is invoked.
The available special strings are;
.PRINT_DATE
.PRINT_TIME
.PRINT_SCALE
.LAYER_NAME
.PCB_FILE_NAME
.PCB_FILE_NAME_NO_PATH
.PLOT_FILE_NAME
.ARC_COUNT
.COMPONENT_COUNT
.FILL_COUNT
.HOLE_COUNT
.NET_COUNT
.PAD_COUNT
.STRING_COUNT
.TRACK_COUNT
.VIA_COUNT
.DESIGNATOR
.COMMENT
.LEGEND
.NET_NAMES_ON_LAYER
Example
Procedure FindSpecialStrings;
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
SpecialString : IPCB_Text;
Iterator : IPCB_BoardIterator;
Begin
// Retrieve the current board
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then Exit;
// retrieve the iterator
Iterator := Board.BoardIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eTextObject));
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet(AllLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Method(eProcessAll);
// Search special strings
SpecialString := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While (SpecialString <> Nil) Do
Begin
If SpecialString.Text = '.Layer_Name' Then
ShowMessage(SpecialString.ConvertedString);
SpecialString := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Board.BoardIterator_Destroy(Iterator);
End;
See also
IPCB_Text interface
IPCB_SpecialStringConverter
IPCB_ServerInterface and its SpecialStringConverter property.
TPCBString type

UseTTFonts property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property UseTTFonts : Boolean Read GetState_UseTTFonts Write SetState_UseTTFonts;
Description
This property toggles the True Type font property for the PCB string text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_UseTTFonts and SetState_UseTTFonts methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Delphiscript Script Example
TextObj := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eTextObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
// notify that the pcb object is going to be modified
PCBServer.SendMessageToRobots(TextObj.I_ObjectAddress, c_Broadcast, PCBM_BeginModify, c_NoEventData);

TextObj.XLocation := Sheet.SheetX + MilsToCoord(1000);
TextObj.YLocation := Sheet.SheetY + MilsToCoord(1000);
TextObj.Layer := eBottomOverlay;

// Can use Open True Type Fonts...
TextObj.UseTTFonts := True;
TextObj.Italic := True;
TextObj.Bold := False;
TextObj.FontName := 'ARIAL';
TextObj.Inverted := True;
TextObj.InvertedTTTextBorder := MilsToCoord(100);

TextObj.Text := 'Text with True Type Property enabled.';
TextObj.Size := MilsToCoord(200); // sets the height of the text.

Board.AddPCBObject(TextObj);
// notify that the pcb object has been modified
PCBServer.SendMessageToRobots(TextObj.I_ObjectAddress, c_Broadcast, PCBM_EndModify , c_NoEventData);
PCBServer.SendMessageToRobots(Board.I_ObjectAddress, c_Broadcast, PCBM_BoardRegisteration,TextObj.I_ObjectAddress);
See also
IPCB_Text interface

Bold property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property Bold : Boolean Read GetState_Bold Write SetState_Bold;
Description
This property sets or gets the bold property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Bold and SetState_Bold methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

Italic property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property Italic : Boolean Read GetState_Italic Write SetState_Italic;
Description
The Italic property sets or gets the italic property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Italic and SetState_Italic methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

FontName property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property FontName : TPCBString Read GetState_FontName Write SetState_FontName;
Description
This property sets or gets the FontName property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. For example one of the True Type font strings could be 'Arial', 'Arial Narrow', 'Courier New' and 'Verdana'. This property is supported by the GetState_Bold and SetState_Bold methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Delphiscript Script Example
TextObj := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eTextObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);

// notify that the pcb object is going to be modified
PCBServer.SendMessageToRobots(TextObj.I_ObjectAddress, c_Broadcast, PCBM_BeginModify, c_NoEventData);
TextObj.XLocation := Sheet.SheetX + MilsToCoord(1000);
TextObj.YLocation := Sheet.SheetY + MilsToCoord(1000);
TextObj.Layer := eBottomOverlay;
TextObj.UseTTFonts := True;
TextObj.Italic := True;
TextObj.Bold := False;
TextObj.FontName := 'ARIAL';
// inverts the text object and a text boundary is created around the text
// The Inverted and InvertedTTTextBorder properties are useful for situations
// if text is to be placed on a copper region and create a cutout in the region.
// the color of the inverted border is the layer color and the text color itself
// is black.
TextObj.Inverted := True;
// The InvertedTTextBorder property determines the distance between the boundary of the
// the text object itself to the inverted text border boundary.
TextObj.InvertedTTTextBorder := MilsToCoord(100);
TextObj.Text := 'Text with True Type Property enabled.';
TextObj.Size := MilsToCoord(200); // sets the height of the text.
See also
IPCB_Text interface

Inverted property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property Inverted : Boolean Read GetState_Inverted Write SetState_Inverted;
Description
This property sets or gets the Inverted property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Inverted and SetState_Inverted methods.
The Inverted property inverts the text object and a text boundary is created around the text. The Inverted and InvertedTTTextBorder properties are useful for situations if IPCB_Text object is to be placed on a copper region and create a cutout in the region. The color of the inverted border is the layer color and the text color itself is black.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
InvertedTTTextBorder property

InvertedTTTextBorder property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property InvertedTTTextBorder : TCoord Read GetState_InvertedTTTextBorder Write SetState_InvertedTTTextBorder;
Description
This property sets or gets the InvertedTTTextBorder property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_InvertedTTTextBorder and SetState_InvertedTTTextBorder methods.
The Inverted property inverts the text object and a text boundary is created around the text. The Inverted and InvertedTTTextBorder properties are useful for situations if IPCB_Text object is to be placed on a copper region and create a cutout in the region. The color of the inverted border is the layer color and the text color itself is black.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold , Italic , FontName , Inverted , InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface
Inverted property

TTTextOutline property

(IPCB_Text interface)
Syntax
Property TTTextOutline : PGPC_Polygon Read GetTrueTypeTextOutline;
Description
This property sets or gets the TTTextOutline property of the PCB string True Type text on a PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_TTTextOutline and SetState_TTTextOutline methods.
Once the UseTTFonts property is enabled, you can use the Bold, Italic, FontName, Inverted, InvertedTTTextBorder and TTTextOutline properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Text interface

IPCB_Track Interface

Overview
Tracks can be placed on any layer and their widths can range from 0.001 to 10000 mils wide. Tracks are used to create polygon planes and are also used in coordinates, dimensions and components.
Tracks that carry either signals or power supply can be placed on:
• Top (component side) signal layer.
• Any of the thirty mid signal layers.
• Bottom (solder side) signal layer.
Non-electrical tracks can also be placed on:
• Any of the silk screen overlays (normally used for component package outlines).
• Any of the sixteen internal plane layers (used as voids in these solid copper planes).
• The keep out layer to define the board perimeter for autorouting and auto component placement
• Any of the sixteen mechanical layers for mechanical details.
• Solder or paste mask layers for any special openings required in the masks
The IPCB_Track hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Track

IPCB_Track methods GetState_X1 GetState_Y1 GetState_X2 GetState_Y2 GetState_Width SetState_X1 SetState_Y1 SetState_X2 SetState_Y2 SetState_Width

IPCB_Track properties X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Width

Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
WorkSpace : IWorkSpace;
Track : IPCB_Track;
Begin
//Create a new PCB document
WorkSpace := GetWorkSpace;
If WorkSpace = Nil Then Exit;
Workspace.DM_CreateNewDocument('PCB');

// Check if the new PCB document exists.
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil then exit;

// Create a Track object with 'Mils' dimensions
Track := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eTrackObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
Track.X1 := MilsToCoord(X1);
Track.Y1 := MilsToCoord(Y1);
Track.X2 := MilsToCoord(X2);
Track.Y2 := MilsToCoord(Y2);
Track.Layer := Layer;
Track.Width := MilsToCoord(Width);
// Add the new track into the PCB document
Board.AddPCBObject(Track);

// Refresh the PCB document.
ResetParameters;
AddStringParameter('Action', 'All');
RunProcess('PCB:Zoom');
End;
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PCB Design Objects

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_Width method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Width : TCoord;
Description
This method retrieves the width attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the Width property.

Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

GetState_X1 method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_X1 : TCoord;
Description
This method retrieves the X1 attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the X1 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

GetState_X2 method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_X2 : TCoord;

Description
This method retrieves the X2 attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the X2 property.

Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

GetState_Y1 method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Y1 : TCoord;
Description
This method retrieves the Y1 attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the Y1 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

GetState_Y2 method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Y2 : TCoord;

Description
This method retrieves the Y2 attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the Y2 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

SetState_Width method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Width (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the width attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the Width property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

SetState_X1 method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_X1 (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the X1 attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the X1 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

SetState_X2 method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_X2 (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the X2 attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the X2 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

SetState_Y1 method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Y1 (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the Y1 attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the Y1 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

SetState_Y2 method

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Y2 (Value : TCoord);
Description
This method sets the Y2 attribute of the track object on a PCB document. This function is used for the Y2 property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

Properties

Width property

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Property Width : TCoord Read GetState_Width Write SetState_Width;
Description
The property represents the width attribute of a track object on the PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Width and SetState_Width methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

X1 property

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Property X1 : TCoord Read GetState_X1 Write SetState_X1;
Description
The property represents the X1 or the initial X coordinate of a track object on the PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_X1 and SetState_X1 methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

X2 property

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Property X2 : TCoord Read GetState_X2 Write SetState_X2;
Description
The property represents the X2 or the final X coordinate of a track object on the PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_X2 and SetState_X2 methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

Y1 property

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Property Y1 : TCoord Read GetState_Y1 Write SetState_Y1;
Description
The property represents the Y1 or the initial Y coordinate of a track object on the PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Y1 and SetState_Y1 methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface

Y2 property

(IPCB_Track interface)
Syntax
Property Y2 : TCoord Read GetState_Y2 Write SetState_Y2;
Description
The property represents the Y2 or the final Y coordinate of a track object on the PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_Y2 and SetState_Y2 methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Track interface
IPCB_TTFontsCache Interface
Overview

IPCB_TTFontsCache methods I_ObjectAddress GetState_FontsCount GetState_EmbeddedFont GetState_Font AddFont AddEmbeddedFont GetFont GetNextEmbeddedFont ExportFontsToList GetLocalizedFontName

IPCB_TTFontCache properties FontsCount EmbeddedFontsCount Font

Methods

Properties

FontCount property
(IPCB_TTFontsCache interface)
Syntax
Property FontsCount : Integer Read GetState_FontsCount;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontsCache interface
EmbeddedFontCount property
(IPCB_TTFontsCache interface)
Syntax
Property EmbeddedFontsCount [ABoard : Pointer] : Integer Read GetState_EmbeddedFontsCount;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontsCache interface
Font property
(IPCB_TTFontsCache interface)
Syntax
Property Font [I : Integer] : IPCB_TTFontData Read GetState_Font;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontsCache interface
IPCB_TTFontData Interface
Overview

IPCB_TTFontData methods I_ObjectAddress GetEmbeddedFontData IsEmbedded IsEmbeddedInDocument FontExists IsSame GetState_FontFullName GetState_FontFaceName GetState_FontStyleName GetState_Bold GetState_Italic GetState_CanEmbed GetState_EmbeddedFontHandle GetState_Charset GetState_RefCount AddRef vRelease

IPCB_TTFontData properties FontFullName FontFaceName FontStyleName Bold Italic CanEmbed EmbeddedFontHandle Charset RefCount

Methods

I_ObjectAddress method

(IPCB_TTFontData interface)
Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

GetEmbeddedFontData method

(IPCB_TTFontData interface)
Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

IsEmbedded method

(IPCB_TTFontData interface)
Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

IsEmbeddedInDocument method

(IPCB_TTFontData interface)
Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

IsEmbedded method

(IPCB_TTFontData interface)
Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

FontExists method

(IPCB_TTFontData interface)
Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

IsSame method

(IPCB_TTFontData interface)
Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_Width method

(IPCB_TTFontData interface)
Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

Properties

FontFullName Property

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

FontFaceName property

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

FontStyleName property

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

Bold property

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

Italic property

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

CanEmbed property

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

EmbeddedFontHandle property

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

Charset property

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

RefCount

Syntax

Description

Example

See also
IPCB_TTFontData interface

IPCB_Via Interface

Overview
When tracks from two layers need to be connected, vias are placed to carry a signal from one layer to the other. Vias are like round pads, which are drilled and usually through-plated when the board is fabricated. Vias can be multi-layered, blind or buried.
A multi-layer via passes through the board from the Top layer to the Bottom layer and allows connections to all other signal layers.
A blind via connects from the surface of the board to an internal layer, a buried via connects from one internal layer to another internal layer. In Altium Designer, Vias, including blind and buried, can connect to internal planes.
Vias do not have a paste mask layer.
The IPCB_Via hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Via

IPCB_Via methods GetState_XLocation GetState_YLocation GetState_IsConnectedToPlane GetState_LowLayer GetState_HighLayer GetState_StartLayer GetState_StopLayer GetState_HoleSize GetState_Size GetState_SizeOnLayer GetState_ShapeOnLayer GetState_Cache SetState_XLocation SetState_YLocation SetState_LowLayer SetState_HighLayer SetState_IsConnectedToPlane SetState_HoleSize SetState_Size SetState_Cache PlaneConnectionStyleForLayer RotateAroundXY IntersectLayer

IPCB_Via properties X Y IsConnectedToPlane LowLayer HighLayer StartLayer StopLayer HoleSize Size SizeOnLayer ShapeOnLayer Cache

Example
Var
Board : IPCB_Board;
WorkSpace : IWorkSpace;
Via : IPCB_Via;
ViaCache : TPadCache;
Begin
// Create a new PCB document
WorkSpace := GetWorkSpace;
If WorkSpace = Nil Then Exit;
Workspace.DM_CreateNewDocument('PCB');

// Check if the new PCB document exists or not.
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil then exit;

// Create a Via object
Via := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eViaObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
Via.X := MilsToCoord(2000);
Via.Y := MilsToCoord(2000);
Via.Size := MilsToCoord(50);
Via.HoleSize := MilsToCoord(20);
Via.LowLayer := eTopLayer;
Via.HighLayer := eBottomLayer;

// Setup a pad cache
Viacache := Via.GetState_Cache;
Viacache.ReliefAirGap := MilsToCoord(11);
Viacache.PowerPlaneReliefExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Viacache.PowerPlaneClearance := MilsToCoord(11);
Viacache.ReliefConductorWidth := MilsToCoord(11);
Viacache.SolderMaskExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Viacache.SolderMaskExpansionValid := eCacheManual;
Viacache.PasteMaskExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Viacache.PasteMaskExpansionValid := eCacheManual;

// Assign the new Via cache to the via
Via.SetState_Cache := Viacache;
Board.AddPCBObject(Via);

// Refresh PCB document.
ResetParameters;
AddStringParameter('Action', 'All');
RunProcess('PCB:Zoom');
End;
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
IPCB_Pad interface
TLayer enumerated values
TPlaneConnectionStyle enumerated values
TCoord value
TAngle value
TPadCache values

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_Cache method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Cache : TPadCache;
Description
This Cache property represents the global cache that stores various design rule settings for pad and via objects. The method is used by the Cache property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
GetState_HighLayer method
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_HighLayer : TLayer;
Description
The HighLayer property denotes the bottom layer. The method is used for the HighLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

GetState_HoleSize method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_HoleSize : TCoord;
Description
This HoleSize property denotes the hole size of the via object. This method is used by the HoleSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

GetState_IsConnectedToPlane method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_IsConnectedToPlane (Layer : TLayer) : Boolean;
Description
This property determines whether the via is connected to this specified plane or not by returning a boolean value. This method is used by the IsConnectedToPlane property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
GetState_LowLayer method
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_LowLayer : TLayer;
Description
The LowLayer property denotes the bottom layer. The method is used for the LowLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

GetState_ShapeOnLayer method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ShapeOnLayer (Layer : TLayer) : TShape;
Description
The ShapeOnLayer property determines the shape of the via on the specified layer. This read only property is supported by the GetState_ShapeOnLayer method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

GetState_Size method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Size : TCoord;
Description
The Size property denotes the size of the via object (the full diameter). The method is used for the Size property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
GetState_SizeOnLayer method
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_SizeOnLayer (Layer : TLayer) : TCoord;
Description
This SizeOnLayer property denotes the size of the via on a specified layer. This method is used for the SizeOnLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
GetState_StartLayer method
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StartLayer : IPCB_LayerObject;
Description
This StartLayer property fetches the Start layer of IPCB_LayerObject type that the via is connected to. This method is used for the StartLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
GetState_StopLayer method
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_StopLayer : IPCB_LayerObject;
Description
This StartLayer property fetches the Stop layer of IPCB_LayerObject type that the via is connected to. This method is used for the StopLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

GetState_XLocation method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_XLocation : TCoord;
Description
The X and Y properties define the location of the Via object with respect to the PCB document. The GetState_XLocation, GetState_YLocation and SetState_XLocation, SetStateYLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

GetState_YLocation method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_YLocation : TCoord;
Description
The X and Y properties define the location of the Via object with respect to the PCB document. The GetState_XLocation, GetState_YLocation and SetState_XLocation, SetStateYLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

SetState_Cache method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Cache (Value : TPadCache);
Description
This Cache property represents the global cache that stores various design rule settings for pad and via objects. The method is used by the Cache property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
SetState_HighLayer method
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_HighLayer (L : TLayer);
Description
The HighLayer property denotes the bottom layer. The method is used for the HighLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

SetState_HoleSize method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_HoleSize (Value : TCoord);
Description
This HoleSize property denotes the hole size of the via object. This method is used by the HoleSize property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

SetState_IsConnectedToPlane method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_IsConnectedToPlane (Layer : TLayer;Value : Boolean);
Description
This property determines whether the via is connected to this specified plane or not by returning a boolean value. This method is used by the IsConnectedToPlane property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
SetState_LowLayer method
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_LowLayer (L : TLayer);
Description
The LowLayer property denotes the bottom layer. The method is used for the LowLayer property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

SetState_Size method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Size (Size : TCoord);
Description
The Size property denotes the size of the via object. The method is used for the Size property.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

SetState_XLocation method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_XLocation (AX : TCoord);
Description
The X and Y properties define the location of the Via object with respect to the PCB document. The GetState_XLocation, GetState_YLocation and SetState_XLocation, SetStateYLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

SetState_YLocation method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_YLocation (AY : TCoord);
Description
The X and Y properties define the location of the Via object with respect to the PCB document. The GetState_XLocation, GetState_YLocation and SetState_XLocation, SetStateYLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

Methods

RotateAroundXY method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Procedure RotateAroundXY (AX, AY : TCoord;Angle : TAngle);
Description
This method rotates a via object on the PCB document about the AX, AY coordinates with an angle in degrees. To ensure the via rotates without moving about, pass in its midpoint (between X1,X2 and Y1, Y2) attributes for the AX,AY parameters.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

PlaneConnectionStyleForLayer method

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function PlaneConnectionStyleForLayer(ALayer : TLayer) : TPlaneConnectionStyle;
Description
Vias automatically connect to an internal power plane layer that is assigned the same net name. The via will connect to the plane depending on the applicable Power Plane Connect Style design rule. If you do not want vias to connect to power planes, add another Power Plane Connect Style design rule targeting the specific vias required and with a connection style of No Connect.
The Connect Style defines the style of the connection from a pin of a component, targeted by the scope (Full Query) of the rule, to a power plane. The following three styles as per the TPlaneConnectionStyle type are available:
No Connect - do not connect a component pin to the power plane.
Direct Connect - connect using solid copper to the pin.
Relief Connect (default) - connect using a thermal relief connection.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
TPlaneConnectionStyle type
IntersectLayer method
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Function IntersectLayer (ALayer : TLayer) : Boolean;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

Properties

Cache property

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property Cache : TPadCache Read GetState_Cache Write SetState_Cache;
Description
This Cache property represents the global cache that stores various design rule settings for pad and via objects.
This property is supported by the GetState_Cache and SetState_Cache methods.
Example
Var
PadCache : TPadCache;
Via : IPCB_Via;
Board : IPCB_Board;
Begin
(* Create a Via object*)
Via := PCBServer.PCBObjectFactory(eViaObject, eNoDimension, eCreate_Default);
Via.X := MilsToCoord(3000);
Via.Y := MilsToCoord(3000);

(* Setup a pad cache *)
Padcache := Via.Cache;
Padcache.ReliefAirGap := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PowerPlaneReliefExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PowerPlaneClearance := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.ReliefConductorWidth := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.SolderMaskExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.SolderMaskExpansionValid := eCacheManual;
Padcache.PasteMaskExpansion := MilsToCoord(11);
Padcache.PasteMaskExpansionValid := eCacheManual;

(* Assign the new pad cache to the via*)
Via.Cache := Padcache;
Board.AddPCBObject(Via);
End;
See also
IPCB_Via interface
PadViaCacheProperties script from \ Example s\Scripts\Delphiscript Scripts\Pcb\ folder.
DrawObjects script from \ Example s\Scripts\DelphiScript Scripts\PCB\ folder.
CreateAVia script from \ Example s\Scripts\DelphiScript Scripts\PCB\ folder.
HighLayer property
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property HighLayer : TLayer Read GetState_HighLayer Write SetState_HighLayer;
Description
The HighLayer property denotes the top layer. This property is supported by the GetState_HighLayer and SetState_HighLayer methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

HoleSize property

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property HoleSize : TCoord Read GetState_HoleSize Write SetState_HoleSize;
Description
This HoleSize property denotes the hole size of the via object. This property is supported by the GetState_HighLayer and SetState_HighLayer methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

IsConnectedToPlane property

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property IsConnectedToPlane TLayer : Boolean Read GetState_IsConnectedToPlane Write SetState_IsConnectedToPlane;
Description
This property determines whether the via is connected to this specified plane or not by returning a boolean value.
This property is supported by the GetState_IsConnectedToPlane and SetState_IsConnectedToPlane methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
LowLayer property
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property LowLayer : TLayer Read GetState_LowLayer Write SetState_LowLayer;
Description
The LowLayer property denotes the bottom layer. This property is supported by the GetState_LowLayer and SetState_LowLayer methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

ShapeOnLayer property

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property ShapeOnLayer TLayer : TShape Read GetState_ShapeOnLayer;
Description
The via can have different shapes on layers that the via is connected to. This read only property is supported by the GetState_ShapeOnLayer method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
TShape type
TLayer type

Size property

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property Size : TCoord Read GetState_Size Write SetState_Size;
Description
The Size property denotes the size of the via object (the full diamater of the via). This property is supported by the GetState_Size and SetState_Size methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
SizeOnLayer property
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property SizeOnLayer TLayer : TCoord Read GetState_SizeOnLayer;
Description
This property denotes the size of the via on a specified layer. This read only property is supported by the GetState_SizeOnLayer method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
StartLayer property
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property StartLayer : IPCB_LayerObject Read GetState_StartLayer;
Description
This property fetches the start layer of IPCB_LayerObject type that the via is connected to.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_StartLayer method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
IPCB_LayerObject interface
StopLayer property
(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property StopLayer : IPCB_LayerObject Read GetState_StopLayer;
Description
This property fetches the last layer of IPCB_LayerObject type that the via is connected to.
This read only property is supported by the GetState_StopLayer method.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
IPCB_LayerObject interface

X property

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property X : TCoord Read GetState_XLocation Write SetState_XLocation;
Description
The X and Y properties define the location of the Via object with respect to the PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_XLocation and SetState_XLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface

Y property

(IPCB_Via interface)
Syntax
Property Y : TCoord Read GetState_YLocation Write SetState_YLocation;
Description
The X and Y properties define the location of the Via object with respect to the PCB document. This property is supported by the GetState_YLocation and SetState_YLocation methods.
Example

See also
IPCB_Via interface
IPCB_Violation Interface
Overview
A Violation object captures the rule that has been violated between two PCB objects that are affected by a binary design rule or a PCB object affected by a unary design rule detected in the PCB editor, with the description of the violation and the type of rule used.
A violation object has a name and its associated description properties, two primitive place holders for binary rules or the first primitive (Primitive1) for unary rules. Check if the second Primitive2 is valid before invoking its methods or properties.
The IPCB_Violation hierarchy;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Violation

IPCB_Violation methods GetState_Name GetState_Rule GetState_Primitive1 GetState_Primitive2 GetState_ Description GetState_ShortDescriptorString IsRedundant

IPCB_Violation properties Name Rule Primitive1 Primitive2 Description

See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
PCB Design Objects
Violations script in \ Example s\Scripts\DelphiScript\PCB folder.

GetState and SetState Methods

GetState_ Description method

(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Description : TPCBString;
Description
This method returns the violation description that the violation object is associated with. This method is used for the Description property.
The corresponding GetState_Name method returns the name of this violation.
Example
If Violation <> Nil Then
ShowMessage('Violation Name : ' + Violation.Name + #13#10 +
'Description : ' + Violation.Description);
See also
IPCB_Violation interface

GetState_Name method

(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Name : TPCBString;
Description
This method returns the violation name that the violation object is associated with. The method is used for the Name property.
The corresponding GetState_ Description method returns the description of this violation.
Example
If Violation <> Nil Then
ShowMessage('Violation Name : ' + Violation.Name + #13#10 +
'Description : ' + Violation.Description);
See also
IPCB_Violation interface
GetState_Primitive1 method
(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Primitive1 : IPCB_Primitive;
Description
A Violation object captures the rule that has been violated between two PCB objects that are affected by a binary design rule or a PCB object affected by a unary design rule detected in the PCB editor, with the description of the violation and the type of rule used.
A violation object that deals with unary rules only has a valid Primitive1 property.
The Primitive2 property is always void for unary rules.
Always check if the second property, Primitive2 is valid before invoking its methods or properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Violation interface
GetState_Primitive2 method
(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Primitive2 : IPCB_Primitive;
Description
A Violation object captures the rule that has been violated between two PCB objects that are affected by a binary design rule or a PCB object affected by a unary design rule detected in the PCB editor, with the description of the violation and the type of rule used.
Note
A violation object that deals with unary rules only has a valid Primitive1 property thus the Primitive2 property is always void for unary rules.
Therefore always check if the second Primitive2 is valid before invoking its methods or properties.
Example

See also
IPCB_Violation interface
GetState_Rule method
(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Rule : IPCB_Primitive;
Description
A Violation object captures the rule that has been violated between two PCB objects that are affected by a binary design rule or a PCB object affected by a unary design rule detected in the PCB editor, with the description of the violation and the type of rule used.
However the IPCB_Primitive interface actually represents a IPCB_Rule ancestor object interface.
Example

See also
IPCB_Violation interface
GetState_ShortDescriptorString method
(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_ShortDescriptorString : TPCBString;
Description
This method returns the shortened version of the description string.
Example

See also
IPCB_Violation interface

Methods

IsRedundant method

(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Function IsRedundant : Boolean;
Description
This method determines whether the object is redundant (unused object) on the PCB document or not.
Example

See also
IPCB_Violation interface

Properties

Rule property
(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Property Rule : IPCB_Primitive Read GetState_Rule;
Description
This Rule property returns a rule object encapsulated by the IPCB_Primitive interface. However the IPCB_Primitive interface actually represents a IPCB_Rule ancestor object interface.
Example
// Create an iterator to look for violation objects only.
Iterator := Board.BoardIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eViolationObject));
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet(AllLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Method(eProcessAll);

// search for violations
Violation := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While Violation <> Nil Do
Begin
S := 'Violation Name: ' + Violation.Name + ' +#13#10 +
'Description: ' + Violation.Description);

//Get design rule associated with the current violation object
Rule := Violation.Rule;
If Rule <> Nil Then
ShowMessage(S + #13#10 + ' Rule Name: ' + Rule.Name);

S := '';
Violation := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Board.BoardIterator_Destroy(Iterator);
See also
IPCB_Violation interface
IPCB_Rule interface
Primitive1 property
(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Property Primitive1 : IPCB_Primitive Read GetState_Primitive1;
Description
A Violation object captures the rule that has been violated between two PCB objects that are affected by a binary design rule or a PCB object affected by a unary design rule detected in the PCB editor, with the description of the violation and the type of rule used.
A violation object that deals with unary rules only has a valid Primitive1 property.
Notes
The Primitive2 property is always void for unary rules, therefore check if the second Primitive2 is valid before invoking its methods or properties.
A read only property
Example
// First pcb object associated with a unary/binary design rule.
PCB1Object := Violation.Primitive1;

// Second pcb object associated with a binary design rule.
// however there are unary and binary rules, thus, for unary rules,
// there will only be one rule object in violation associated with the violation
PCB2Object := Violation.Primitive2;
If PCB2Object <> Nil Then
Begin
// do what you want with the second object
End;
See also
IPCB_Violation interface
Primitive2 property
(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Property Primitive2 : IPCB_Primitive Read GetState_Primitive2;
Description
A Violation object captures the rule that has been violated between two PCB objects that are affected by a binary design rule or a PCB object affected by a unary design rule detected in the PCB editor, with the description of the violation and the type of rule used.
A violation object that deals with unary rules only has a valid Primitive1 property.
The Primitive2 property is always void for unary rules.
Check if the second Primitive2 is valid before invoking its methods or properties.
A read only property.
Example
// First pcb object associated with a unary/binary design rule.
PCB1Object := Violation.Primitive1;

// Second pcb object associated with a binary design rule.
// however there are unary and binary rules, thus, for unary rules,
// there will only be one rule object in violation associated with the violation
PCB2Object := Violation.Primitive2;
If PCB2Object <> Nil Then
Begin
// do what you want with the second object
End;
See also
IPCB_Violation interface

Name property

(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Property Name : TPCBString Read GetState_Name;
Description
This property returns the violation name that the violation object is associated with. The corresponding Description property returns the description of this violation (if any).
This is a read only property.
Example
If Violation <> Nil Then
ShowMessage('Violation Name : ' + Violation.Name + #13#10 +
'Description : ' + Violation.Description);
See also
IPCB_Violation interface
Description property

Description property

(IPCB_Violation interface)
Syntax
Property Description : TPCBString Read GetState_Description;
Description
This property returns the violation description that the violation object is associated with. The corresponding Name property returns the name of this violation. This property is supported by the GetState_ Description method.
This is a read only property.
Example
If Violation <> Nil Then
ShowMessage('Violation Name : ' + Violation.Name + #13#10 +
'Description : ' + Violation.Description);
See also
IPCB_Violation interface
Name property

IPCB_ContourPoint Interface

Overview

The IPCB_ContourPoint interface hierarchy is as follows;

IPCB_ContourPoint methods GetState_X SetState_X GetState_Y SetState_Y

IPCB_ContourPoint properties X Y

See also

Methods

SetState_Y method
(IPCB_ContourPoint interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Y (AY : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ContourPoint interface
SetState_X method
(IPCB_ContourPoint interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_X (AX : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ContourPoint interface
GetState_Y method
(IPCB_ContourPoint interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Y : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ContourPoint interface
GetState_X method
(IPCB_ContourPoint interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_X : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ContourPoint interface

Properties

X property
(IPCB_ContourPoint interface)
Syntax
Property X : TCoord Read GetState_X Write SetState_X;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ContourPoint interface
Y property
(IPCB_ContourPoint interface)
Syntax
Property Y : TCoord Read GetState_Y Write SetState_Y;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ContourPoint interface
IPCB_Contour Interface
Overview

The IPCB_Contour interface hierarchy is as follows;

IPCB_Contour methods GetState_Rotation SetState_Rotation GetState_CX SetState_CX GetState_CY SetState_CY GetState_Point GetState_Count Clear AddPoint InsertPoint AddContour AddArc GetGPCVertexList FillGPCVertexList I_ObjectAddress

IPCB_Contour properties Rotation CX CY Points Count

See also

Methods

Clear method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure Clear;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
AddPoint method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure AddPoint(x, y : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
AddContour method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure AddContour(Const C : IPCB_Contour; Const i1, i2 : Integer);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
AddArc method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure AddArc(StartAngle, EndAngle : Double; cx, cy : TCoord; Radius : TCoord;AClockwise : Boolean = False);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
InsertPoint method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure InsertPoint(Index : Integer; x, y : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface

I_ObjectAddress method

(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Function I_ObjectAddress : TPCBObjectHandle;
Description
This function returns the true pointer value of the object interface of a design object.
Notes
The IPCB_ServerInterface.SendMessageToRobots method needs the I_ObjectAddress parameter of a design object.
Example
//Notify PCB that the fill object is going to be changed.
PCBServer.SendMessageToRobots(
Fill.I_ObjectAddress,
c_Broadcast,
PCBM_BeginModify ,
c_NoEventData);
See also
IPCB_Contour interface
GetState_Point method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Point (I : Integer) : IPCB_ContourPoint;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
GetState_Count method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Count : Integer;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
GetGPCVertexList method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure GetGPCVertexList (Const AContour : Pgpc_vertex_list);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
FillGPCVertexList method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure FillGPCVertexList(Const AContour : Pgpc_vertex_list);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface

SetState_Rotation method

(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_Rotation (ARotation : TAngle);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
SetState_CY method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_CY (ACY : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
SetState_CX method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Procedure SetState_CX (ACX : TCoord);
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface

GetState_Rotation method

(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_Rotation : TAngle;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
GetState_CY method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CY : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
GetState_CX method
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Function GetState_CX : TCoord;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface

Properties

Rotation property

(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Property Rotation : TAngle Read GetState_Rotation Write SetState_Rotation;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
Points property
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Property Points Integer : IPCB_ContourPoint Read GetState_Point;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
CY property
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Property CY : TCoord Read GetState_CY Write SetState_CY;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
CX property
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Property CX : TCoord Read GetState_CX Write SetState_CX;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
Count property
(IPCB_Contour interface)
Syntax
Property Count : Integer Read GetState_Count;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_Contour interface
IPCB_ContourMaker Interface
Overview

IPCB_ContourMaker methods MakeContour DestroyPolygon

IPCB_ContourMaker properties

See also
IPCB_Contour interface

Methods

IPCB_ MakeContour method
(IPCB_ContourMaker interface)
Syntax
Function MakeContour(APrim : IPCB_Primitive; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Function MakeContour(ATrack : IPCB_Track ; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Function MakeContour(APad : IPCB_Pad ; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Function MakeContour(AFill : IPCB_Fill ; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Function MakeContour(AVia : IPCB_Via ; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Function MakeContour(AArc : IPCB_Arc ; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Function MakeContour(ARegion : IPCB_Region ; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Function MakeContour(AText : IPCB_Text ; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Function MakeContour(APoly : IPCB_Polygon ; AExpansion : TCoord; ALayer : TLayer) : Pgpc_Polygon;
Description

Example

See also
IPCB_ContourMaker interface

Dimension Object Interfaces

IPCB_OriginalDimension
Overview
The IPCB_OriginalDimension interface represents the dimensioning information on the current PCB layer. The dimension value is the distance between the start and end markers, measured in the default units. Note that the original dimension object has been superseded by a new set of dimension objects
Notes
The IPCB_OriginalDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_OriginalDimension

IPCB_OriginalDimension Methods
Function Text : IPCB_Text;
Function Track1 : IPCB_Primitive;
Function Track2 : IPCB_Primitive;
Function Track3 : IPCB_Primitive;
Function Track4 : IPCB_Primitive;
Function Track5 : IPCB_Primitive;
Function Track6 : IPCB_Primitive;
Function Track7 : IPCB_Primitive;
Function Track8 : IPCB_Primitive;
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_Dimension

Overview
Dimension objects are used for dimensional details of a PCB board in either imperial or metric units and can be placed on any layer. To create an original Dimension objects, use the IPCB_OriginalDimension class which is used in P99SE and earlier versions.
Altium Designer introduced several new dimension styles - Linear, Angular, Radial, Leader, Datum, Baseline, Center, Linear Diameter and Radial Diameter objects
Notes
The IPCB_Dimension interface is the ancestor interface for IPCB_OriginalDimension, IPCB_LinearDImension, IPCB_AngularDimension, IPCB_RadialDimension, IPCB_LeaderDimension, IPCB_DatumDimension, IPCB_BaselineDimension, IPCB_CenterDimension, IPCB_LinearDiameterDimension, IPCB_RadialDiameterDimension interfaces.
The DimensionKind property determines the type a dimension object is.
A dimension object especially a baseline or a leader dimension has multiple reference points. The references (a reference consists of a record of an object along with its x and y coordinate point, an anchor and is a start or end marker). A reference point is either the start or end marker and the length of two reference points is the dimensional length.

IPCB_Group methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

IPCB_Dimension Methods
Procedure MoveTextByXY (AX,
AY : TCoord);
Procedure MoveTextToXY (AX,
AY : TCoord);
Procedure RotateAroundXY(AX,
AY : TCoord;
Angle : TAngle);
Procedure References_Add(R : TDimensionReference);
Procedure References_Delete(Index : Integer);
Procedure References_DeleteLast;
Function References_IndexOf(P : IPCB_Primitive;
Index : Integer) : Integer;
Function References_Validate : Boolean;
Procedure ResetPrefixIfNeeded;
IPCB_Dimension Properties
DimensionKind : TDimensionKind
TextX : TCoord
TextY : TCoord
X1Location : TCoord
Y1Location : TCoord
Size : TCoord
LineWidth : TCoord
TextHeight : TCoord
TextWidth : TCoord
TextFont : TFontID
TextLineWidth : TCoord
TextPosition : TDimensionTextPosition
TextGap : TCoord
TextFormat : TPCBString
TextDimensionUnit : TDimensionUnit
TextPrecision : Integer
TextPrefix : TPCBString
TextSuffix : TPCBString
TextValue : TReal
ArrowSize : TCoord
ArrowLineWidth : TCoord
ArrowLength : TCoord
ArrowPosition : TDimensionArrowPosition
ExtensionOffset : TCoord
ExtensionLineWidth : TCoord
ExtensionPickGap : TCoord
Style : TUnitStyle
References Integer : TDimensionReference
References_Count : Integer // Read only
UseTTFonts : Boolean
Bold : Boolean
Italic : Boolean
FontName : TPCBString
See also
IPCB_Primitive interface
TDimensionTextPosition enumerated values
TDimensionUnit enumerated values
TDimensionArrowPosition enumerated values
TDimensionReference enumerated values
TUnitStyle enumerated values
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_AngularDimension

Overview
The IPCB_AngularDimension object interface allows for the dimensioning of angular distances. There are four references (two reference points associated with two reference objects) which need to be defined and the dimension text is then placed. The references may be tracks, fills, or polygons.
Notes
The IPCB_AngularDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_AngularDimension
The Radius property denotes the radius size of the IPCB_AngularDimension object.
The Sector property denotes which sector the IPCB_AngularDimension is using. Sector 1 is the angle between 0 - 90 degrees. 2 = 90 - 180 degrees. 3 = 180 =270 degrees. 4 = 270 = 360 or 0 degrees.

IPCB_AngularDimension Methods
Function Text : IPCB_Text;
Function Arc1 : IPCB_Arc;
Function Arc2 : IPCB_Arc;
Function Arrow1_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow1_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Extension1_Track : IPCB_Track;
Function Extension2_Track : IPCB_Track;
IPCB_AngularDimension Properties
Property Radius : TCoord
Property Sector : Integer
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_Track interface
IPCB_Text interface
IPCB_Arc interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_BaselineDimension

Overview
The IPCB_BaselineDimension interface allows for the dimensioning of a linear distance of a collection of references, relative to a single reference. The first reference point is the base reference and all the subsequent points are relative to this base reference. The dimension value in each case is the distance between each reference point and the base reference measured in default units. The references may be objects (tracks, arcs, pads, vias, text, fills, polygons or components) or points in free space
Notes
The IPCB_BaselineDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_BaselineDimension
The angle property denotes the angle or rotation of the IPCB_BaselineDimension object with respect to the horizontal plane.
Since a baseline dimension allows for the dimensioning of a linear distance over a collection of references, thus for each reference relative to the base reference, there is a text location. Use the TextLocationsCount field to obtain the number of dimension labels.

IPCB_Gro up methods FreePrimitives GetPrimitiveAt GetPrimitiveCount SetState_XSizeYSize FastSetState_XSizeYSize SetState_LayersUsedArray GroupIterator_Create GroupIterator_Destroy AddPCBObject RemovePCBObject

IPCB_Group properties X Y PrimitiveLock LayerUsed

IPCB_BaselineDimension Methods
Function Text : IPCB_Text;
Function Texts (I : Integer) : IPCB_Text;
Function Arrow1_Track1(I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow1_Track2(I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track1(I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track2(I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
Function Line_Track1 (I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
Function Line_Track2 (I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
Function Extension1_Track (I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
Function Extension2_Track (I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
Procedure TextLocations_Add (Point : TCoordPoint);:
Procedure TextLocations_Delete(Index : Integer);
Procedure TextLocations_DeleteLast;
Procedure TextLocations_Clear;
IPCB_BaselineDimension Properties
Property Angle : TAngle
Property TextLocations Integer : TCoordPoint
Property TextLocationsCount : Integer
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_Track interface
IPCB_Text interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_CenterDimension

Overview
The IPCB_CenterDimension object interface allows for the center of an arc or circle to be marked
Notes
The IPCB_CenterDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_CenterDimension
The angle property denotes the angle or rotation of the IPCB_CenterDimension object with respect to the horizontal plane.
IPCB_CenterDimension Methods
Function Cross_Vertical_Track : IPCB_Track;
Function Cross_Horizontal_Track : IPCB_Track;
IPCB_CenterDimension Properties
Property Angle : TAngle
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_Track interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_DatumDimension

Overview
The IPCB_DatumDimension interface references the dimensioning of a linear distance of a collection of objects, relative to a single object. The dimension value is the distance between each reference object and the base object measured in the default units. The references may be tracks, arcs, pads, vias, text, fills, polygons or components.
Notes
The IPCB_DatumDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_DatumDimension
IPCB_DatumDimension Methods
Function Text : IPCB_Text;
Function Texts (I : Integer) : IPCB_Text;
Function Extension_Track (I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
IPCB_DatumDimension Properties
Property Angle : TAngle
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_Track interface
IPCB_Text interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_LeaderDimension

Overview
The IPCB_LeaderDimension object interface allows for the labeling of an object, point or area. There are three types of leader dimensions available which reflect the label text either being encapsulated by a circle or square or not at all. The pointer can also be an arrow or a dot which is size -definable.
Notes
The IPCB_LeaderDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_LeaderDimension
There are three types of leaders available: eNoShape = standard leader which means the dimension text is not enclosed at all. eRectangular the label text is encapsulated by a square, and eRounded - the dimension text is encapsulated by a circle.
The Dot property denotes the dot symbol attached to the pointer of the leader dimension object as a dot or as an arrow.
If the Dot field is enabled, then you can specify the size of the dot as a TCoord value.
IPCB_LeaderDimension Methods
Function Text : IPCB_Text;
Function Dot_Arc : IPCB_Arc;
Function Circle_Arc : IPCB_Arc;
Function Arrow_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Square_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Square_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Square_Track3 : IPCB_Track;
Function Square_Track4 : IPCB_Track;
Function Line_Track (I : Integer) : IPCB_Track;
IPCB_LeaderDimension Properties
Property Shape : TShape
Property Dot : Boolean
Property DotSize : TCoord
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_Track interface
IPCB_Text interface
IPCB_Arc interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_LinearDiameterDimension

Overview
The IPCB_LinearDimension interface references the dimensioning information on the current layer with respect to a linear distance. The dimension value is the distance between the start and end markers (reference points) measured in the default units. The references may be objects (tracks, arcs, pads, vias, text fills, polygons or components) or points in free space.
Notes
The IPCB_LinearDiameterDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_LinearDiameterDimension
Immediate ancestor IPCB_LinearDimension Methods
Function Text : IPCB_Text;
Function Arrow1_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow1_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Line_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Line_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Extension1_Track : IPCB_Track;
Function Extension2_Track : IPCB_Track;
Immediate ancestor IPCB_LinearDimension Properties
Property Angle : TAngle
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_Track interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_LinearDimension

Overview*
The IPCB_LinearDimension object interface places dimensioning information on the current layer with respect to a linear distance. The dimension value is the distance between the start and end markers (reference points) measured in the default units. The references may be objects (tracks, arcs, pads, vias, text fills, polygons or components) or points in free space.
IPCB_LinearDimension object interface has no introduced methods and properties, therefore refer to the IPCB_Dimension interface object entry for details.
Notes
The IPCB_LinearDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_LinearDimension
The angle property denotes the angle or rotation of the TPCBLinearDimension object with respect to the horizontal plane.
IPCB_LinearDimension Methods
Function Text : IPCB_Text;
Function Arrow1_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow1_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Line_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Line_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Extension1_Track : IPCB_Track;
Function Extension2_Track : IPCB_Track;
IPCB_LinearDimension Properties
Property Angle : TAngle
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_RadialDimension

Overview
The IPCB_RadialDimension object interface allows for the dimensioning of a radius with respect to an arc or a circle. The dimension can be placed internally or externally on an arc or a circle.
Notes
The IPCB_RadialDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_RadialDimension
This field shows the current angular step setting for the dimension. This is the rotation step used when placing the arrow portion of the dimension. Moving the arrow around the circle or arc during placement of the dimension, the number and position of possible places to anchor the dimension are determined by this angular step value.
IPCB_RadialDimension Methods
Function Text : IPCB_Text;
Function Arrow_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Line1_Track : IPCB_Track;
Function Line2_Track : IPCB_Track;
IPCB_RadialDimension Property
Property AngleStep : TAngle
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_Track interface
IPCB_Text interface
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_RadialDiameterDimension

Overview
The IPCB_RadialDiameterDimension interface references the dimensioning of an arc or circle with respect to the diameter, rather than the radius. The dimension can be placed either internally or externally with respect to the arc or circle
Notes
The IPCB_RadialDiameterDimension interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Primitive
IPCB_Group
IPCB_Dimension
IPCB_RadialDiameterDimension
IPCB_RadialDiameterDimension Methods
Function Arrow2_Track1 : IPCB_Track;
Function Arrow2_Track2 : IPCB_Track;
Function Line3_Track : IPCB_Track;
See also
IPCB_Dimension interface
IPCB_Track interface
PCB Design Objects

PCB Rule Objects Interfaces

The PCB editor incorporates a large set of design rules to help define compliance/constraints regarding the placement of PCB objects, routing methods, and netlists.
These rules include clearances, object geometry, impedance control, routing priority, routing topology and parallelism. Rule scope is the extent of each rule determined. The scope allows you to define the set of target objects that a particular instance of a rule is to be applied to.

See also
Rule ancestor interface
Acute Angle rule interface
Broken Nets rule interface
Clearance rule interface
Confinement Constraint rule interface
Component Clearance rule interface
Component Rotations rule interface
Daisy Chain Stub Length rule interface
Differential Pairs Routing rule interface
Fanout Control rule interface
Layer Pair rule interface
Layer Stack rule interface
Matched Lengths rule interface
Max Min Width rule interface
Max Min Length rule interface
Max Min Hole Size rule interface
Maximum Via Count rule interface
Minimum Annular Ring rule interface
NetsToIgnore rule interface
Parallel Segment rule interface
Paste Mask Expansion rule interface
Power Plane Connect Style rule interface
Power Plane Clearance rule interface
Polygon Connect Style rule interface
Permitted Layers rule interface
Routing Topology rule interface
Routing Priority rule interface
Routing Layers rule interface
Routing Corner Style rule interface
Routing Via Style rule interface
SMD To Plane rule interface
SMD Neck Down rule interface
SMD To Corner rule interface
Solder Mask Expansion rule interface
Short Circuit rule interface
Test Point Style rule interface
Test Point Usage rule interface
Vias Under SMD rule interface
Unconnected Pin rule interface

Signal Integrity Rules
FlightTime_RisingEdge rule interface
FlightTime_FallingEdge rule interface
MaxMinImpedance rule interface
MaxSlope_RisingEdge rule interface
MaxSlope_FallingEdge rule interface
Overshoot_FallingEdge rule interface
Overshoot_RisingEdge rule interface
SignalTopValue rule interface
SignalBaseValue rule interface
SignalStimulus rule interface
SupplyNets rule interface
Undershoot_FallingEdge rule interface
Undershoot_RisingEdge rule interface

IPCB_Rule

Overview
The IPCB_Rule interface object encapsulates an existing PCB design rule in an opened PCB document in Altium Designer. Each design rule has its own Unique ID. To set the scope of a rule, unary or binary scope expressions are defined.
The PCB editor incorporates a large set of design rules to help define compliance/constraints regarding the placement of PCB objects, routing methods, and netlists. These rules include clearances, object geometry, impedance control, routing priority, routing topology and parallelism. Rule scope is the extent of each rule determined. The scope allows you to define the set of target objects that a particular instance of a rule is to be applied to.
IPCB_Rule Methods
Function Priority : TRulePrecedence;
Function ScopeKindIsValid (AScopeKind : TScopeKind) : Boolean;
Function Scope1Includes (P : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Function Scope2Includes (P : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Function NetScopeMatches (P1,
P2 : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Function CheckBinaryScope (P1,
P2 : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Function CheckUnaryScope (P : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
Function GetState_DataSummaryString : TPCBString;
Function GetState_ShortDescriptorString : TPCBString;
Function GetState_ScopeDescriptorString : TPCBString;
Function ActualCheck (P1,
P2 : IPCB_Primitive) : IPCB_Violation;
IPCB_Rule Properties
Property Scope1Expression : TPCBString
Property Scope2Expression : TPCBString
Property RuleKind : TRuleKind
Property NetScope : TNetScope
Property LayerKind : TRuleLayerKind
Property Comment : TPCBString
Property Name : TPCBString
Property DRCEnabled : Boolean
Property UniqueId : TPCBString //Read only
Enumerated Types
PCB Design Rules
IPCB_Violation interface
TScopeKind
TNetScope
TRuleKind
TRuleLayerKind

IPCB_AcuteAngle rule

Overview
The IPCB_AcuteAngleRule interface specifies the minimum angle permitted at a track corner.
IPCB_AcuteAngle Properties
Minimum : TAngle
IPCB_BrokenNetRule rule
Overview
The IPCB_BrokenNetRule rule deals with broken nets in relation to polygons. Polygons that are affected by the broken net rules are highlighted or not.
IPCB_BrokenNetRule Properties
HighlightPolygons : Boolean

IPCB_ComponentClearanceConstraint rule

Overview
The Component Clearance Constraint PCB Design rule has available Check Mode setting:
Quick Check - uses a components' bounding rectangle to define its shape. The bounding rectangle is the smallest rectangle that encloses all the primitives that make up a component.
Multi Layer Check - also uses a component bounding rectangle, but considers through-hole component pads on a board with components on both sides, allowing surface mount components to be placed under a through-hole component.
Full Check - uses the exact shape that encloses all the primitives that make up each component. Use this option if the design includes a large number of circular or irregular shaped components.
IPCB_ComponentClearanceConstraint Properties
Property Gap : TCoord
Property VerticalGap : TCoord
Property CollisionCheckMode : TComponentCollisionCheckMode
See also
TComponentCollisionCheckMode

IPCB_ComponentRotationsRule rule

Overview
The IPCB_ComponentRotationsRule specifies allowable component orientations. Multiple orientations are permitted, allowing the autoplacer to use any of the enabled orientations. The allowed component orientations are: 0,90,180, 270, or AllRotations. It is possible to have multiple settings, for example setting at 0 and 270 degrees rotations only.
IPCB_ComponentRotationsRule Properties
Property AllowedRotations : Integer

IPCB_ConfinementConstraint rule

Overview
The IPCB_ConfinementConstraint interface specifies a rectangular region in which a set of objects is either allowed, or not allowed. Use this function to define a region that a class of components must be placed in.
IPCB_ConfinementConstraint Methods
Procedure RotateAroundXY (AX,
AY : TCoord;
Angle : TAngle);
IPCB_ConfinementConstraint Properties
Property X : TCoord
Property Y : TCoord
Property Kind : TConfinementStyle
Property Layer : TLayer
Property BoundingRect : TCoordRect
IPCB_ClearanceConstraint Rule
Overview
This interface defines the minimum clearance between any two primitive objects on a copper layer.
Notes
The PrimitivesViolate function checks if two primitives violate the minimum clearance or not.
The Gap property determines the gap size of the track segments.
IPCB_ClearanceConstraint Methods
Function PrimitivesViolate(P1, P2 : IPCB_Primitive) : Boolean;
IPCB_ClearanceConstraint Properties
Property Gap : TCoord

IPCB_DaisyChainStubLengthConstraint rule

Overview
The daisy chain stub length rule specifies the maximum permissible stub length for a net with a daisy chain topology.
Notes
Limit property for the stub length.
IPCB_DaisyChainStubLengthConstraint Properties
Property Limit : TCoord

IPCB_DifferentialPairsRoutingRule Interface

Overview
A differential signaling system is one where a signal is transmitted down a pair of tightly coupled carriers, one of these carrying the signal, the other carrying an equal but opposite image of the signal. Differential signaling was developed to cater for situations where the logic reference ground of the signal source could not be well connected to the logic reference ground of the load. Differential signaling is inherently immune to common mode electrical noise, the most common interference artifact present in an electronic product. Another major advantage of differential signaling is that it minimizes electromagnetic interference (EMI) generated from the signal pair.
Differential pair routing is a design technique employed to create a balanced transmission system able to carry differential (equal and opposite) signals across a printed circuit board. Typically this differential routing will interface to an external differential transmission system, such as a connector and cable.
It is important to note that while the coupling ratio achieved in a twisted pair differential cable may be better than 99%, the coupling achieved in differential pair routing will typically be less than 50%. Current expert opinion is that the PCB routing task is not to try to ensure a specific differential impedance is achieved, rather the objective is to maintain the properties required to ensure the differential signal arrives in good condition at the target component as it travels from the external cabling.
Notes
The IPCB_DifferentialPairsRoutingRule Interface hierarchy is as follows;
IPCB_Rule
IPCB_DifferentialPairsRoutingRule
This interface defines the minimum clearance between any two primitive objects on a copper layer.
Notes
The PrimitivesViolate function checks if two primitives violate the minimum clearance or not.
The Gap property determines the gap size of the track segments.
IPCB_DifferentialPairsRoutingRule Methods
Function GetState_MaxGap (Const L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Function GetState_MinGap (Const L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Function GetState_PreferedGap (Const L : TLayer) : TCoord;
Function GetState_MaxUncoupledLength : TCoord;

Procedure SetState_MaxGap (Const L : TLayer;
Value : TCoord);
Procedure SetState_MinGap (Const L : TLayer;
Value : TCoord);
Procedure SetState_PreferedGap (Const L : TLayer;
Value : TCoord);
Procedure SetState_MaxUncoupledLength(Value : TCoord);
IPCB_DifferentialPairsRoutingRule Properties
Property MaxGap [Const L : TLayer] : TCoord Read GetState_MaxGap Write SetState_MaxGap;
Property MinGap [Const L : TLayer] : TCoord Read GetState_MinGap Write SetState_MinGap;
Property PreferedGap[Const L : TLayer] : TCoord Read GetState_PreferedGap Write SetState_PreferedGap;
Property MaxUncoupledLength : TCoord Read GetState_MaxUncoupledLength Write SetState_MaxUncoupledLength;
See also
PCB Design Objects

IPCB_FanoutControlRule* rule

Overview
The IPCB_FanoutControl rule determines how BGAs on a PCB document is going to be fanned in respect to vias placement for routing.
IPCB_FanoutControlRule Properties
Property FanoutStyle : TFanoutStyle
Property FanoutDirection : TFanoutDirection
Property BGAFanoutDirection : TBGAFanoutDirection
Property BGAFanoutViaMode : TBGAFanoutViaMode
Property ViaGrid : TCoord

IPCB_LayerPairsRule rule

Overview
The IPCB_LayerPairsRule interface deals with whether the layer pairs are going to be enforced or not on the current PCB document.
IPCB_LayerPairsRule Properties
Property EnforceLayerPairs : Boolean

IPCB_MatchedNetLengthsConstraint rule

Overview
The matched net lengths rule specifies the degree to which nets can have different lengths.
Notes
The 90 degree style is the most compact and the Rounded style is the least compact.
IPCB_MatchedNetLengthsConstraint Methods
Function MatchLengthForFromTo(P1,P2 : IPCB_Primitive) : IPCB_Violation;
Function MatchLengthForNet (P1,P2 : IPCB_Primitive) : IPCB_Violation;
IPCB_MatchedNetLengthsConstraint Properties
Property Amplitude : TCoord
Property Gap : TCoord
Property Style : TLengthenerStyle
Property Tolerance : TCoord

IPCB_MaxMinHeightConstraint rule

Overview
The IPCB_MaxMinHeightConstraint rule deals with heights of components, and you can set the maximum, minimum and preferred height values for targeted components on a PCB document.
Notes
MaxHeight, MinHeight and PreferedHeight properties.
IPCB_MaxMinHeightConstraint Properties
Property MaxHeight : TCoord
Property MinHeight : TCoord
Property PreferedHeight : TCoord

IPCB_MaxMinHoleSizeConstraint rule

Overview
The IPCB_MaxMinHoleSizeContraint rule deals with the constraints of hole sizes on a PCB document.
IPCB_MaxMinHoleSizeConstraint Properties
Property AbsoluteValues : Boolean
Property MaxLimit : TCoord
Property MinLimit : TCoord
Property MaxPercent : TReal
Property MinPercent : TReal

IPCB_MaxMinWidthConstraint rule

Overview
This routing width constraint interface defines the minimum, favored and maximum width of tracks and arcs on copper layers.
IPCB_MaxMinWidth Properties
Property MaxWidth TLayer : TCoord
Property MinWidth TLayer : TCoord
Property FavoredWidth TLayer : TCoord
Property ImpedanceDriven : Boolean
Property MinImpedance : TDouble
Property FavoredImpedance : TDouble
Property MaxImpedance : TDouble

IPCB_MaxMinLengthConstraint rule

Overview
This IPCB_MaxMinLengthConstraint rule defines the minimum and maximum lengths of a net.
IPCB_MaxMinLengthConstraint Properties
Property MaxLimit : TCoord
Property MinLimit : TCoord
IPCB_MinimumAnnularRing rule
Overview
The minimum annular ring rule determines the minimum size of an annular ring.
IPCB_MinimumAnnularRing Properties
Property Minimum : TCoord

IPCB_MaximumViaCountRule rule

Overview
The maximum via count rule specifies the maximum number of vias permitted on a PCB document.
Notes
Set or return the maximum number of vias for the Limit property
IPCB_MaximumViaCount Properties
Property Limit : Integer

IPCB_NetsToIgnoreRule rule

Overview
The Nets To Ignore rule determines which nets to ignore during Design Rule Check.
IPCB_NetsToIgnoreRule Methods
No new interface methods
IPCB_NetsToIgnoreRule Properties
No new interface properties
See also
IPCB_Rule interface

IPCB_ParallelSegmentConstraint rule

Overview
This rule specifies the distance two track segments can run in parallel, for a given separation. Note that this rule tests track segments, not collections of track segments. Apply multiple parallel segment constraints to a net to approximate crosstalk characteristics that vary as a function of length and gap.
Notes
The Gap and Limit properties concern the track segments.
IPCB_ParallelSegmentConstraint Properties
Property Gap : TCoord
Property Limit : TCoord

IPCB_PasteMaskExpansionRule rule

Overview
The IPCB_PasteMaskExpansionRule function returns or sets values for a paste mask expansion rule object. The Paste Mask Expansion Rule specifies the amount of radial expansion or radial contraction of each pad site.
Notes
The Expansion property sets or returns the radial expansion or contraction value (a negative value denotes contraction).
IPCB_PasteMaskExpansionRule Properties
Property Expansion : TCoord

IPCB_PermittedLayersRule rule

Overview
The IPCB_PermittedLayersRule function returns or sets the permitted layers rule which specifies the layers components can be placed on during placement with the Cluster Placer. The Cluster Placer does not change the layer a component is on, you must set the component layer prior to running the placer.
IPCB_PermittedLayersRule Properties
Property PermittedLayers : TLayerSet

IPCB_PowerPlaneClearanceRule rule

Overview
The power plane clearance rule determines the clearance of the power plane.
IPCB_PowerPlaneClearanceRule Properties
Property Clearance : TCoord

IPCB_PowerPlaneConnectStyleRule rule

Overview
This power plane connect style rule specifies the style of the connection from a component pin to a power plane. There are two connection types - direct connections (the pin to solid copper) or thermal relief connection.
Notes
The TPlaneConnectStyle type determines the connection style for a plane. If Thermal Relief connection is used, then the thermal relief conductor width, the relief expansion, the width of the air gap and the number of relief entries need to be determined. If direct connection style is used, then the previous parameters are not needed.
IPCB_PowerPlaneConnectStyleRule Properties
Property PlaneConnectStyle : TPlaneConnectStyle
Property ReliefExpansion : TCoord
Property ReliefConductorWidth : TCoord
Property ReliefEntries : Integer
Property ReliefAirGap : TCoord

IPCB_PolygonConnectStyleRule rule

Overview
The Polygon Connect Style Rule returns or sets the polygon connect style rule which specifies how the polygon is connected to the power plane.
Notes
• The TPlaneConnectStyle type specifies the polygon connect style rule which is relief connection to a polygon, or direct connection to a polygon from a component pin. That is, the type of connection from a component pin to the polygon.
• The relief conductor width property denotes the width of the conductor between two air gaps.
• The relief entries property specifies the number of relief entries (2 or 4) for the relief connection of the polygon connection. For other types of connection, this field is irrelevant.
• The PolygonReliefAngle type specifies the angle of relief connections in 45 or 90 degrees.
IPCB_PolygonConnectStyleRule Properties
Property ConnectStyle : TPlaneConnectStyle
Property ReliefConductorWidth : TCoord
Property ReliefEntries : Integer
Property PolygonReliefAngle : TPolygonReliefAngle

IPCB_RoutingCornerStyleRule

Overview
This routing corners rule specifies the corner style to be used during autorouting a PCB document.
Notes
• The TCornerStyle type sets or returns the corner style which can be a 45 degree camfer or rounded using an arc.
• The minsetback and maxsetback properties specify the minimum and maximum distance from the corner location to the start of the corner chamfer or arc.
IPCB_RoutingCornerStyleRule Properties
Property Style TCornerStyle
Property MinSetBack : TCoord
Property MaxSetBack : TCoord
IPCB_RoutingLayersRule rule
Overview
This routing layers rule specifies the preferred routing direction for layer to be used during autorouting.
IPCB_RoutingLayersRule Properties
Property RoutingLayers TLayer : Boolean
IPCB_RoutingPriorityRule rule
Overview
This routing priority rule function assigns a routing priority which is used to set the order of how the nets will be auto routed.
IPCB_RoutingPriorityRule Properties
Property RoutingPriority : Integer

IPCB_RoutingTopologyRule rule

Overview
This routing topology rule function specifies the topology of the net. The net compromises a pattern of the pin-to-pin connections. A topology is applied to a net for specific reasons, for example to minimise signal reflections, daisy chain topology is used.
Notes
The Topology property sets or returns the topology of the net. The following topologies can be applied: Shortest, Horizontal, Vertical, Daisy-Simple, Daisy-Mid Driven, Daisy-Balanced, or Star.
IPCB_RoutingTopologyRule Properties
Property Topology: TNetTopology

IPCB_RoutingViaStyleRule rule

Overview
This routing via style rule specifies the via object to be used during autorouting. Vias can be through-hole, Blind (from a surface layer to an inner layer) or Buried (between two inner layers).
Notes
The ViaStyle property sets or returns the via style. Vias can be thru-hole, blind (from a surface layer to an inner layer) or buried (between two inner layers).
IPCB_RoutingViaStyleRule Properties
Property MinHoleWidth : TCoord
Property MaxHoleWidth : TCoord
Property PreferedHoleWidth : TCoord
Property MinWidth : TCoord
Property MaxWidth : TCoord
Property PreferedWidth : TCoord
Property ViaStyle : TRouteVia

IPCB_RuleSupplyNets rule

Overview
This IPCB_RuleSupplyNets interface specifies the supply nets on the board. The signal integrity analyzer needs to know each supply net name and voltage.
IPCB_RuleSupplyNets Properties
Property Voltage : Double

IPCB_ShortCircuitConstraint rule

Overview
The short circuit constraint rule includes a constraint to test for short circuits between primitive objects on the copper layers. A short circuit exists when two objects that have different net names touch.
Notes
The Allowed property sets or returns the boolean value whether or not the short circuit constraint rule is allowed.
IPCB_ShortCircuitConstraint Properties
Property Allowed : Boolean

IPCB_SMDNeckDownConstraint rule

Overview

IPCB_SMDToPlaneConstraint Properties
Property Percent : TReal
IPCB_SMDToCornerConstraint rule
Overview

Notes
The Distance property determines the distance between the SMD and a corner.
IPCB_SMDToCornerConstraint Properties
Property Distance : TCoord

IPCB_SMDToPlaneConstraint rule

Overview

IPCB_SMDToPlaneConstraint Methods
Function IsInternalPlaneNet(Net : IPCB_Net; Board : IPCb_Board): Boolean;
IPCB_SMDToPlaneConstraint Properties
Property Distance : TCoord

IPCB_SolderMaskExpansionRule rule

Overview
The solder mask expansion rule defines the shape that is created on the solder mask layer at each pad and via site. This shape is expanded or contracted radially by the amount specified by this rule.
Note, Tenting and solder mask are related. A negative value allows the solder mask to be reduced.

IPCB_SolderMaskExpansion Properties
Property Expansion : TCoord

IPCB_TestPointStyleRule rule

Overview
The auto-router includes a testpoint generator, which can identify existing pads and vias as testpoints, as well as adding testpoint pads to nets which can not be accessed at existing pads and vias. Generally the testpoint types are used in bare board testing or are used for in-circuit testing.
IPCB_TestPointStyleRule Methods
Procedure DoDefaultStyleOrder;
IPCB_TestPointStyleRule Properties
Property TestpointUnderComponent : Boolean
Property MinSize : TCoord
Property MaxSize : TCoord
Property PreferedSize : TCoord
Property MinHoleSize : TCoord
Property MaxHoleSize : TCoord
Property PreferedHoleSize : TCoord
Property TestpointGrid : TCoord
Property OrderArray Integer : TTestPointStyle
Property AllowedSide : TTestpointAllowedSideSet
Property AllowedStyleSet : TTestPointStyleSet
Property Allowed TTestPointStyle : Boolean
Property TestpointPriority TTestPointStyle : Integer

IPCB_TestPointUsage rule

Overview
Altium Designer's autorouter includes a testpoint generator, which can identify existing pads and vias as testpoints, as well as adding testpoint pads to nets which can not be accessed at existing pads and vias. Generally the testpoint types are used in bare board testing or are used for in-circuit testing.
IPCB_TestPointUsage Properties
Property Valid : TTestpointValid
Property AllowMultipleOnNet : Boolean

IPCB_UnConnectedPinRule rule

Overview
This interface deals with unconnected pins on a PCB document.
IPCB_UnConnectedPinRule Properties
No new properties.
See also
IPCB_Rule interface

IPCB_ViasUnderSMDConstraint rule

Overview
The Vias Under SMD constraint rule specifies if vias can be placed under SMD pads during autorouting.
IPCB_ViasUnderSMDConstraint Properties
Property Allowed : Boolean

Signal Integrity Design Rules

IPCB_SignalStimulus rule

Overview
The IPCB_SignalStimulus rule concerns with the definition of a signal for stimulus, such as the stimulus type, signal level, start, stop times and the period of the signal.
IPCB_SignalStimulus Methods
Procedure Export_ToStmFile (AFilename : TString);
IPCB_SignalStimulus Properties
Property Kind : TStimulusType
Property Level : TSignalLevel
Property StartTime : TReal
Property StopTime : TReal
Property PeriodTime : TReal

IPCB_MaxOvershootFall rule

Overview
The IPCB_MaxOvershootFall interface specifies the maximum allowable overshoot (ringing below the base value) on the falling edge of the signal.
IPCB_MaxOvershootFall Properties
Property Maximum : TReal

IIPCB_MaxOvershootRise* rule

Overview
The IPCB_MaxOvershootRise interface specifies the maximum allowable overshoot (ringing above the base value) on the rising edge of the signal.
IPCB_MaxOvershootRise Properties
Property Maximum : TReal
IPCB_MaxUndershootFall
Overview
The IPCB_MaxUndershootFall interface specifies the maximum allowable undershoot (ringing above the base value) on the falling edge of the signal.
IPCB_MaxUndershootFall Properties
Property Maximum : TReal

IIPCB_MaxUndershootRise rule

Overview
The IPCB_MaxUndershootRise function specifies the maximum allowable undershoot (ringing below the top value) on the rising edge of the signal.
IPCB_MaxUndershootRise Properties
Property Maximum : TReal

IPCB_RuleMaxMinImpedance rule

Overview
The IPCB_RuleMaxMinImpedance interface returns or sets values for a MaxMin Impedance rule object depending on the query mode (eGetState or eSetState). This rule specifies the minimum and maximum net impedance allowed. Net impedance is a function of the conductor geometry and conductivity, the surrounding dielectric material (the board base material, multilayer insulation, solder mask, etc) and the physical geometry of the board (distance to other conductors in the z-plane). This function defines the minimum and maximum impedance values allowed for the signal integrity rule.
IPCB_RuleMaxMinImpedance Properties
Property Minimum : TReal
Property Maximum : TReal

IPCB_RuleMinSignalTopValue rule

Overview
The IPCB_RuleMinSignalTopValue function specifies the minimum allowable signal top value. The top value is the voltage that a signal settles into the minimum top state.
IPCB_RuleMinSignalTopValue Properties
Property Minimum : TReal

IPCB_RuleMaxSignalBaseValue rule

Overview
The IPCB_RuleMaxSignalBaseValue function specifies the maximum allowable base value. The base value is the voltage that a signal settles to in the low state.
IPCB_ RuleMaxSignalBaseValue Properties
Property Maximum : TReal

IPCB_RuleFlightTime_RisingEdge rule

Overview
The IPCB_RuleFlightTime_RisingEdge interface returns or sets values for the flight time of the rising edge of a signal. The flight time is the signal delay introduced by the interconnect structure. It is calculated as the time it takes to drive the actual input to the threshold voltage, less the time it would take to drive a reference load (connected directly to the output) to the threshold voltage.
IPCB_RuleFlightTime_RisingEdge Properties
Property MaximumFlightTime : TReal

IPCB_RuleFlightTime_FallingEdge rule

Overview
The IPCB_RuleFlightTime_FallingEdge interface returns or sets values for the flight time of the falling edge of a signal. The flight time is the signal delay introduced by the interconnect structure. It is calculated as the time it takes to drive the actual input to the threshold voltage, less the time it would take to drive a reference load (connected directly to the output) to the threshold voltage.
IPCB_RuleFlightTime_FallingEdge Properties
Property MaximumFlightTime : TReal

IPCB_RuleMaxSlopeRisingEdge rule

Overview
The IPCB_RuleMaxSlope_RisingEdge interface specifies the maximum allowable slope on the rising edge of the signal. The slope is the time it takes for a signal to rise from the threshold voltage to a valid high voltage.
IPCB_RuleMaxSlopeRisingEdge Properties
Property MaxSlope : TReal

IPCB_RuleMaxSlopeFallingEdge rule

Overview
The IPCB_RuleMaxSlope_FallingEdge interface specifies the maximum allowable slope on the falling edge of the signal. The slope is the time it takes for a signal to fall from the threshold voltage to a valid low voltage.
IPCB_RuleMaxSlopeFallingEdge Properties
Property MaxSlope : TReal

PCB Object Iterators

An iterator conducts a search through a PCB document's design database to fetch PCB design objects. With an iterator, you can control which objects on which layers and within specified regions.
There are four different types of iterators; Board Iterator, Library Iterator, Spatial Iterator and Group Iterator. The board iterator is for conducting searches on a PCB document, the library iterator on library documents, spatial iterators conducting searches within a restricted boundary on a document and the group iterator conducting searches for primitives within a group object such as tracks and arcs within a component object.
The scripting system's Delphi Script doesn't support sets, therefore to pass in a set of layers or a set of objects, you need to use the MkSet function to create a pseudo set of objects or layers for the AddFilter_ObjectSet or AddFilterLayerSet procedures.
For example
BoardIterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eTrackObject,eFillObject));
See also
IPCB_AbstractIterator interface
IPCB_BoardIterator interface
IPCB_LibraryIterator interface
IPCB_SpatialIterator interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface

IPCB_AbstractIterator

Overview
An abstract iterator object interface which is the ancestor interface for a board, spatial, group and library Iterators.
An iterator object iterates through a PCB database representing the PCB document to fetch specified objects within a specified region on a specified layer if necessary.
Notes

• When using the DelphiScript language set in Scripts, you need to use the MkSet function to specify the object set or the layer set. The MkSet function creates a set of objects because the Delphiscript language does not support Object Pascal's sets.

Methods
Function I_ObjectAddress : TPCBObjectHandle;
Function FirstPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive;
Function NextPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive

Procedure SetState_FilterAll;

Procedure AddFilter_ObjectSet (AObjectSet : TObjectSet);
Procedure AddFilter_LayerSet (ALayerSet : TLayerSet);
Procedure AddFilter_Area (X1,
Y1,
X2,
Y2 : TCoord);
Procedure AddFilter_AllLayers;
See also
IPCB_BoardIterator interface
IPCB_LibraryIterator interface
IPCB_SpatialIterator interface
IPCB_Primitive interface
TObjectSet set
TObjectId enumerated values
TLayerSet set
TLayer enumerated values
MkSet function
IPCB_BoardIterator
Overview
The IPCB_BoardIterator iterates through a PCB document to fetch PCB design objects on this PCB.
With the iterator, you can control which objects on which layers and within specified regions with the AddFilter_ObjectSet , AddFilter_LayerSet and AddFilter_Area methods to be fetched.
The AddFilter_method controls how design objects are fetched. The TIterationMethod type has three different values; eProcessAll, eProcessFree, eProcessComponents.
Notes

• The Delphiscript language set doesn't support sets, therefore to pass in a set of layers or a set of objects in a function in a script, you need to use the MkSet function to create a pseudo set of objects or layers for the AddFilter_ObjectSet or AddFilterLayerSet procedures. For example BoardIterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eTrackObject,eFillObject));

Methods
Function I_ObjectAddress : TPCBObjectHandle;

Function FirstPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive;
Function NextPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive

Procedure SetState_FilterAll;

Procedure AddFilter_ObjectSet (AObjectSet : TObjectSet);
Procedure AddFilter_LayerSet (ALayerSet : TLayerSet);
Procedure AddFilter_Area (X1,
Y1,
X2,
Y2 : TCoord);

Procedure AddFilter_AllLayers;
Procedure AddFilter_Method (AMethod : TIterationMethod);
Example
Var
BoardHandle : IPCB_Board;
Pad : IPCB_Primitive;
Iterator : IPCB_BoardIterator;
PadNumber : Integer;
Begin
// Retrieve the current board
Board := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard;
If Board = Nil Then Exit;

// Setup Board iterator
Iterator := Board.BoardIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(ePadObject));
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet(AllLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Method(eProcessAll);

PadNumber := 0;
// Search and count pads
Pad := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While (Pad <> Nil) Do
Begin
Inc(PadNumber);
Pad := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Board.BoardIterator_Destroy(Iterator);

// Display the count result on a dialog.
ShowMessage('Pad Count = ' + IntToStr(PadNumber));
See also
IPCB_BoardIterator interface
IPCB_LibraryIterator interface
IPCB_SpatialIterator interface
IPCB_Primitive interface
TObjectSet set
TObjectId enumerated values
TLayerSet set
TLayer enumerated values
TIterationMethod enumerated values
MkSet function

IPCB_LibraryIterator

Overview
The IPCB_LibraryIterator object interface Iterates through a loaded PCB library in Altium Designer to fetch PCB footprints and its primitives. The library iterator basically retrieves the footprints and to retrieve the child objects of each footprint, you need to employ the group iterator.
The IPCB_LibraryIterator object interface iterates through a loaded PCB library in Altium Designer to fetch PCB footprints which are represented by the IPCB_LibComponent interfaces. The IPCB_LibraryIterato r interface is used in the IPCB_Library interface - LibraryIterator_Create and LibraryIterator_Destroy methods.
The current footprint is a component with an unnamed designator is represented by the IPCB_LibComponent interface.
Notes

• The IPCB_LibraryIterator interface has only methods inherited from the IPCB_AbstractIterator interface and is reproduced here for reference.
• A library is represented by the IPCB_Library and the current footprint on a library document is represented by the IPCB_Board interface.
• A PCB footprint (from the library) is represented by its IPCB_LibComponent interface which is inherited from the IPCB_Group object interface.
• A PCB footprint is composed of child objects such as pads and tracks. Therefore the footprint has its own IPCB_GroupIterator to fetch its own child objects.
• DelphiScript doesn't support sets, therefore to pass in a set of layers or a set of objects, you need to use the MkSet function to create a pseudo set of objects or layers for the AddFilter_ObjectSet or AddFilterLayerSet procedures. For example LibraryIterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet( MkSet (eTrackObject,eFillObject));

Methods
Function I_ObjectAddress : TPCBObjectHandle;

Function FirstPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive;
Function NextPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive

Procedure AddFilter_ObjectSet (AObjectSet : TObjectSet);
Procedure AddFilter_LayerSet (ALayerSet : TLayerSet);
Procedure AddFilter_Area (X1,Y1,X2,Y2 : TCoord);
Procedure AddFilter_AllLayers;

Procedure SetState_FilterAll;
Example
Procedure LookInsideFootprints;
Var
CurrentLib : IPCB_Library;
AObject : IPCB_Primitive;
FootprintIterator : IPCB_LibraryIterator;
Iterator : IPCB_GroupIterator;
Footprint : IPCB_LibComponent;
FirstTime : Boolean;
NoOfPrims : Integer;
S : TString;
Begin
CurrentLib := PCBServer.GetCurrentLibrary;
If CurrentLib = Nil Then
Begin
ShowMessage('This is not a PCB library document');
Exit;
End;

// For each page of library is a footprint
FootprintIterator := CurrentLib.LibraryIterator_Create;
FootprintIterator.SetState_FilterAll;
S := '';
FirstTime := True;
Try
// Within each page, fetch primitives of the footprint
// A footprint is a IPCB_LibComponent inherited from
// IPCB_Group which is a container object storing primitives.
Footprint := FootprintIterator.FirstPCBObject; // IPCB_LibComponent
While Footprint <> Nil Do
Begin
If FirstTime Then
Begin
S := S + ExtractFileName(Footprint.Board.FileName) + #13;
S := S + ' Current Footprint : ' +
PCBServer.GetCurrentComponent(CurrentLib)+ #13 + #13;
End;

S := S + Footprint.Name;

Iterator := Footprint.GroupIterator_Create;
Iterator.SetState_FilterAll;
// Counts number of prims for each Footprint as a IPCB_LibComponent
// Note that the IPCB_LibComponent has a GetPrimitiveCount method
NoOfPrims := 0;
AObject := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While (AObject <> Nil) Do
Begin
// counts child objects or primitives
// for each footprint.
Inc(NoOfPrims);
// do what you want with the AObject.
AObject := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
S := S + ' has ' + IntToStr(NoOfPrims) + ' Primitives.' + #13;
FirstTime := False;
Footprint.GroupIterator_Destroy(Iterator);
Footprint := FootprintIterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Finally
CurrentLib.LibraryIterator_Destroy(FootprintIterator);
End;
ShowMessage(S);
End;
See also
IPCB_BoardIterator interface
IPCB_SpatialIterator interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface
IPCB_Primitive interface
TObjectSet set
TObjectId enumerated values
TLayerSet set
TLayer enumerated values
TIterationMethod enumerated values
MkSet function
LibraryIterator example from * *Example *s\Scripts\DelphiScript\PCB* folder.

IPCB_SpatialIterator

Overview
The IPCB_SpatialIterator interface iterates through a defined region on the loaded PCB document in Altium Designer to fetch PCB design objects.
You will need to specify the object set, the layer set and the area for the spatial iterator to conduct its search within a defined boundary. The following methods are AddFilter_ObjectSet, AddFilter_LayerSet and AddFilter_Area.
Notes

• IPCB_SpatialIterator has only methods inherited from the IPCB_AbstractIterator interface and is reproduced here for reference.
• Delphiscript doesn't support sets, therefore to pass in a set of layers or a set of objects, you need to use the MkSet function to create a pseudo set of objects or layers for the AddFilter_ObjectSet or AddFilterLayerSet procedures. For example SpatialIterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet( MkSet (eTrackObject,eFillObject));

Methods (inherited from IPCB_AbstractIterator)
Function I_ObjectAddress : TPCBObjectHandle;

Function FirstPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive;
Function NextPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive

Procedure AddFilter_ObjectSet (AObjectSet : TObjectSet);
Procedure AddFilter_LayerSet (ALayerSet : TLayerSet);
Procedure AddFilter_Area (X1,
Y1,
X2,
Y2 : TCoord);

Procedure AddFilter_AllLayers;

Procedure SetState_FilterAll;
Example
(* Top/Bottom Layers and Arc/Track objects defined *)
(* for the Spatial iterator constraints *)
ASetOfLayers := MkSet(eTopLayer,eBottomLayer);
ASetOfObjects := MkSet(eArcObject,eTrackObject);

Iterator := Board.SpatialIterator_Create;
Iterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(ASetOfObjects);
Iterator.AddFilter_LayerSet(ASetOfLayers);
Iterator.AddFilter_Area(X1,Y1,X2,Y2);

(* Iterate for tracks and arcs on bottom/top layers *)
PCBObject := Iterator.FirstPCBObject;
While PCBObject <> 0 Do
Begin
PCBObject.Selected := True;
PCBObject := Iterator.NextPCBObject;
End;
Board.SpatialIterator_Destroy(Iterator);
See also
IPCB_BoardIterator interface
IPCB_LibraryIterator interface
IPCB_GroupIterator interface.
IPCB_Primitive interface
TObjectSet set
TObjectId enumerated values
TLayerSet set
TLayer enumerated values
TIterationMethod enumerated values
MkSet function
Spatial iterator script in * *Example *s\Scripts\PCB* folder.

IPCB_GroupIterator

Overview
The IPCB_GroupIterator interface deals with group objects such as board layouts, polygons, components, footprints in a PCB library, coordinates and dimensions that have child objects within.
When you need to fetch child objects of a group object such as tracks and arcs of a footprint in a PCB library, you need to create a Group Iterator for that group object.
The sequence is basically as follows;

• Set up a board iterator to fetch design objects from the PCB/Library document
• For each design object that is a group object (such as polygons and components), setup a group iterator and fetch child objects for that group object.
• Destroy the group iterator when finished iterating child objects for that group object
• Destroy the board/library iterator when finished iterating

Notes

• IPCB_GroupIterator has methods inherited from the IPCB_AbstractIterator interface and is reproduced here for reference.
• Delphiscript does not support sets, therefore to pass in a set of layers or a set of objects, you need to use the MkSet function to create a pseudo set of objects or layers for the AddFilter_ObjectSet or AddFilterLayerSet procedures.
• For example LibraryIterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet( MkSet (eTrackObject,eFillObject));

Methods
Function I_ObjectAddress : TPCBObjectHandle;
Function FirstPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive;
Function NextPCBObject : IPCB_Primitive

Procedure AddFilter_ObjectSet (AObjectSet : TObjectSet);
Procedure AddFilter_LayerSet (ALayerSet : TLayerSet);
Procedure AddFilter_Area (X1,
Y1,
X2,
Y2 : TCoord);

Procedure AddFilter_AllLayers;

Procedure SetState_FilterAll;
Example
Procedure CountTracks;
Var
Track : IPCB_Track;
ChildIterator : IPCB_GroupIterator;
Component : IPCB_Component;
ComponentIterator : IPCB_BoardIterator;
TrackCount : Integer;
Begin
TrackCount := 0;
If PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard = Nil Then Exit;

// Create a board iterator to fetch a component.
ComponentIteratorHandle := PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard.BoardIterator_Create;
ComponentIteratorHandle.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eComponentObject));

If Component <> Nil Then
Begin
// Create an iterator from the component to fetch
// its child objects.
ChildIterator := Component.GroupIterator_Create;
ChildIterator.AddFilter_ObjectSet(MkSet(eTrackObject));
ChildIterator.AddFilter_LayerSet(MkSet(eTopOverlay));
Track := ChildIterator.FirstPCBObject;
While (Track <> Nil) Do
Begin
Inc(TrackCount);
Track := ChildIterator.NextPCBObject;
End;

ShowInfo('This component ' + Component.SourceDesignator +
' has ' + IntToStr(TrackCount) + ' tracks.');
// When finished iterating component's child objects,
// destroy the component's group iterator.
Component.GroupIterator_Destroy(TrackIterator);
End;
// when finished iterating on PCB document, destroy the board iterator.
PCBServer.GetCurrentPCBBoard.BoardIterator_Destroy(ComponentIterator);
End;
See also
IPCB_BoardIterator interface
IPCB_LibraryIterator interface
IPCB_SpatialIterator interface
IPCB_Primitive interface
TObjectSet set
TObjectId enumerated values
TLayerSet set
TLayer enumerated values
TIterationMethod enumerated values
MkSet function
LibraryIterator script example
CountTracksInComponent script example